CONTRACT #: PROJECT: R15200031
CONTRACT NAME: Franklin Blvd Gap Closure-CM Services NOT-TO-EXCEED AMOUNT: $ 464,322.96 AGREEMENT TERM: EXP: 12/31/26 SOLICITATION: P25151111008 AUTHORIZED RENEWALS: - LBE (Y/N): Y
DEPARTMENT/DIVISION: Public Works/Engineering
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
FOR ARCHITECTS, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS,
ENGINEERS, AND LAND SURVEYORS
THIS CONTRACT is made at Sacramento, California, by and between the CITY OF SACRAMENTO, a charter city and municipal corporation (“CITY”), and
Salaber Associates, Inc.
1025 9th St, Suite 226, Sacramento, CA 95814
Phone: 707.689.3890 / E-mail: [email protected]
(“CONTRACTOR”), as of the Effective Date, as defined below.
The City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Effective Date. This Contract shall be effective beginning June 24, 2025.
2. Contract Documents. All exhibits and documents attached or referred to in this Contract are incorporated as if set forth herein, Including Exhibit A (titled “Scope of Services”) and Exhibit B (titled “Payment”).
If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of any document prepared or provided by the Contractor and made a part of this Contract and the other terms or conditions of the Contract, the other terms and conditions of the Contract control.
3. Services. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the services described in Exhibit A (“Services”).
CONTRACTOR will not be compensated for services outside the scope of Exhibit A (“Additional Services”) unless, before providing Additional Services: (a) CONTRACTOR notifies CITY and CITY agrees that the Additional Services are outside the scope of Exhibit A; (b) CONTRACTOR estimates the additional compensation required for these Additional Services; and (c) CITY, after notice, approves in writing a Supplemental Contract specifying the Additional Services and the amount of additional compensation to be paid Contractor.
CITY will have no obligations whatsoever under this Contract or any Supplemental Contract, unless and until this Contract or any Supplemental Contract is approved by the City as required by the Sacramento City Code. As used in this Contract, the term “Services” includes both Services and Additional Services as applicable.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT
FOR
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
CITY PROJECT NO:
For use with City of Sacramento Standard Specifications for Public Construction Dated November 2020, State of California Standard Specifications 2022, State of California Prevailing Wage Rates (Higher Rate Prevails) and Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates.
Bids to be received before:
2:00 P.M., Wednesday,
1 st Floor, New City Hall 915 I Street,
Sacramento, CA 95814
Project Manager:
Engineer
@cityofsacramento.org
Engineer’s Construction Estimate: $ Construction Time: Days
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
CITY CONTRACT NO.:
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposals and bids for the work entitled:
(PN: )
will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Sacramento at the Office of the Clerk, 915 I Street (New City Hall), 1st Floor (Security Desk), up to the hour of 2:00 P.M., , and will be publicly opened and read at 2:30 P.M.,
All such proposals received and any work performed thereunder must comply with the requirements of Title 3 of the Sacramento City Code.
Bid protests must be filed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Sections
3.60.460 through 3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code. Bid protests that do not comply with Sections 3.60.460 through 3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code shall be invalid and shall not be considered. A bid protest fee of $750.00 is required at the time of filing to be considered valid in accordance with City of Sacramento Resolution No. 2003-231 dated April 29, 2003. As used herein, the term "bid protest" includes any bid protest that (1) claims that one or more bidders on this contract should be disqualified or rejected for any reason, or (2) contests a City staff recommendation to award this contract to a particular bidder, or (3) contests a City staff recommendation to disqualify or reject one or more bidders on this contract. A copy of Sections 3.60.460 through 3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code may be obtained from the Project Manager, or from the City Clerk, located at 915 I Street, 1st Floor, Sacramento, CA 95814.
Bid Opening Information
Bids are to be received by 2:00PM at New City Hall, 915 I Street on the first floor Security Desk.
Bids will be opened virtually at 2:30 via a web meeting.
Join from a PC, Mac, iPad, iPhone or Android device:
Please click this URL to join. https://cityofsacramento-org.zoom.us/j/93077455918 Description: This is a reoccurring meeting for the City of Sacramento Bid Opening. Bids received on or before the due date and time scheduled for this date will be read. You may share this appointment/link with any interested parties. Please mute your micrphones/phones for the duration of the bid opening/reading. There will be a short period at the end of the call to ask for a repeat of any information.
Or One tap mobile:
+16699006833,,93077455918# US (San Jose)
+12532158782,,93077455918# US (Tacoma)
Or join by phone:
Dial(for higher quality, dial a number based on your current location):
US: +1 669 900 6833 or +1 253 215 8782 or +1 346 248 7799 or +1 929 205 6099 or +1 301 715 8592 or +1 312 626 6799
Webinar ID: 930 7745 5918
International numbers available: https://cityofsacramento-org.zoom.us/u/acfxKNwPM Planet Bids
Bids must be submitted on printed forms supplied in the Contract Documents. Bids must be enclosed in an envelope marked:
SEALED
FOR
Technical questions should be posted to Planet Bids a minimum of seven calendar days before bid closing.
The successful bidder shall furnish a payment bond and a performance bond for 100% of the contract amount.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Invitation to Bid
Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Requirement Program
Applicable Local Status Area’s
Bid Proposal Form
Bid Proposal Guarantee
Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Program Form Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise Participation Form Drug Free Work Place
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire
Non-Discrimination in Employee Benefits Ordinance Certification Title VI Language
Agreement
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Worker’s Compensation Certification
Construction & Demolition Debris Recycling Requirements Guarantee
Special Provisions
Appendix A - Labor Compliance
Appendix B – CWTA Requirements
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
(LBE Program)
INTRODUCTION
The City of Sacramento has a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Program to provide enhanced opportunities for local businesses to participate in the City's procurement and contracting activities. The Program began with an LBE Preference for bid and proposal evaluation. The Program was then expanded to require minimum LBE Participation levels in specific contracts.
APPLICATION
As summarized in the table below, there are two components to the LBE Program:
1. LBE Preference: For certain contracts, a 5% LBE Preference is applied during the bid evaluation process.
2. LBE Participation Requirement: For certain contracts, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required for a bidder to be considered responsive.
Contracts Under $250,000 Contracts $250,000 or more
Goods
NonProfessional
Services
Professional
Services
Public
Projects Goods
NonProfessional
Services
Professional
Services
Public
Projects
Apply 5% LBE
Preference YES YES YES YES NO NO YES NO
Apply 5%
Minimum LBE
Participation
Requirement
NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES
Local Business Enterprise: A Local Business Enterprise (“LBE”) means a business enterprise, including but not limited to, a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a “legitimate business presence” within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County.
A “legitimate business presence” within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County means:
1. An established business entity operating within the selected areas for at least 12 consecutive months prior to submission of bid; and
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020
2. Legally operating a location in the City or unincorporated area of Sacramento County that is either:
a. a principal business office or workspace; or
b. a regional, branch, or satellite office with at least one full-time employee.
To qualify as an LBE, firms must meet these two requirements prior to the deadline for submission of bids or proposals. Upon the request of the City, firms shall provide proof of legally operating a location within City limits or the unincorporated County with the following documents:
- Tax returns for the business;
- Utility bill in the name of the business;
- Business license; and/or
- Secretary of State filings.
Exceptions
The LBE Program does not apply to procurement processes for contracts funded with federal funds, goods or services purchased through cooperative purchase agreements, or contracts entered into in response to a declared emergency.
LBE PREFERENCE
For contracts under $250,000, firms that qualify as an LBE will receive a 5% preference on all City procurement opportunities. For professional service contracts only, this preference also applies to procurement opportunities of $250,000 or more.
For contracts to be awarded in response to a solicitation for bids, a bid or quotation submitted by a firm that qualifies as an LBE will receive a 5% bid evaluation preference for the purpose of determining the lowest responsible bidder. This means that, for bid evaluation purposes, the total price bid by an LBE shall be reduced by 5%. However, this reduction only applies for bid evaluation purposes, and the resulting contract or purchase order will reflect the actual amount bid by the LBE.
For contracts awarded in response to a solicitation for proposals or qualifications, a firm that qualifies as an LBE shall receive additional points during the scoring process, so the final score awarded to the LBE is increased by 5% of the total possible evaluation points.
LBE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT
For non-professional service, professional service, and public project contracts of $250,000 or more, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required. To receive credit for the 5% minimum CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020 participation requirement, bidders must either (a) be an LBE, or (b) subcontract with a qualified LBE.
Under City Code section 3.60.270, when the City establishes a minimum participation level for LBE's on a contract, no contractor shall be considered responsive unless its bid or proposal meets the minimum LBE participation level required.
City may waive or reduce the LBE Participation requirements on some procurement opportunities prior to acceptance of bids or proposals upon authorization from the City Manager or City Manager’s designee.
PARTICIPATION LEVEL REQUIREMENTS
LBE Participation: The percentage of LBE participation is determined based on the dollar value of the work to be performed. LBE credit may be obtained by utilizing LBE qualified subcontractors or suppliers, as outlined below.
Participation Credit: To receive credit for LBE participation:
1. An LBE contractor or subcontractor must: (1) be responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the work; (2) possess any license or certification required for the work; and (3) actually perform, manage, or supervise the work without subcontracting or otherwise shifting any portion of the work to another subcontractor.
2. An LBE supplier must: (1) furnish materials or equipment that the supplier sells as a recurring, although not necessarily primary, part of its business; and (2) the materials or equipment must be necessary for performance of the work.
Suppliers: Credit for an LBE supplier of materials or equipment is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the supplier for the materials or equipment. To receive this credit, LBE Suppliers must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.
Subcontractors (including Truckers): To receive credit for an LBE subcontractor, the subcontractor must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.
Truckers: Credit for an LBE trucker is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the trucker for trucking/hauling services, not including any amount paid to the Trucker for the cost of any materials or equipment being transported by the Trucker.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020
LBE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR
LBE Records: The Contractor shall maintain records of all subcontracts with verified LBE subcontractors and records of materials purchased from verified LBE suppliers for one year after receiving final payment from the City. Such records shall show the name and business address of each LBE subcontractor or supplier and the total dollar amount actually paid to each LBE subcontractor or supplier.
No later than 30 days after completion of the work performed under the contract, a summary of these records shall be prepared, certified correct by the Contractor's authorized representative and furnished to the City. The Contractor shall provide such other information, records, reports, certifications or other documents as may be required by the City, to determine compliance with any provision of the LBE Program or these specifications.
Performance of LBE Subcontractors and Suppliers: The LBE subcontractors and suppliers listed by the Contractor shall perform the work and supply the materials or equipment for which they are listed on the Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form, unless the Contractor has received prior written authorization from the City to perform the work with other forces or to obtain the materials or equipment from other sources. Reasons for requesting such authorization would include:
1. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to execute a written contract based upon the general terms, conditions, plans, and specifications for the project.
2. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier becomes bankrupt or insolvent.
3. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to meet the bond requirements of the Contractor.
4. The work performed or the materials or equipment provided by the listed LBE subcontractor or supplier are unsatisfactory or are not in accordance with the plans and specifications.
5. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to perform its contractual obligations.
6. It would be in the best interest of the City.
Subcontractor Substitution: No substitution of an LBE subcontractor shall be made at any time without compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act. If an LBE subcontractor is unable to perform successfully and is to be replaced, the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to replace the original LBE subcontractor with another verified LBE subcontractor. The new LBE subcontractor must be verified at the time of substitution.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020 Reporting and Utilization Requirements and Sanctions: Failure to provide specific information, records, reports, certifications or any other documents required for compliance with these specifications, or failure to utilize one or more LBE's in substantial compliance with the LBE utilization indicated in the Contractor's bid or proposal (unless otherwise authorized by the City as provided herein, or when such failure results from changes to the work approved by the City), shall be considered a breach of the contract.
A deduction may be made from the contract amount and the deduction shall not be more than 10% of the value of the work or materials or equipment that the subject LBE(s) were listed to perform or provide in the Contractor's bid or proposal. Deduction shall be made from any payment due the Contractor. This is in addition to any deduction that may be made under any other provision of the Contract, the Sacramento City Code, or State law.
Hearing and Review of Division Manager Decision: Prior to making a deduction pursuant to the Reporting and Utilization Section above, the City shall provide written notice of the proposed deduction to the Contractor. The Contractor may, no later than 5 working days after receiving such notice, provide a written request to the City for a hearing to contest the proposed deduction. Upon receipt of a timely written request from the Contractor, the City shall schedule a hearing before the Division Manager (as defined in the City's Standard Specifications for Public Construction), and written notice of the date, time, and location of the hearing shall be provided to the Contractor not less than 5 working days prior to the date of the hearing.
The hearing shall be conducted in the manner specified in Section 4-8 of the Standard Specifications, and the Division Manager shall prepare and forward to the Contractor a written decision as soon as practicable after the hearing. The Division Manager's decision shall be subject to review in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-9 of the Standard Specifications. Failure to request such review in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4-9 shall constitute acceptance of the Division Manager's decision by the Contractor.
Written Notices: The written notices and request described above shall be provided by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), by personal delivery, or by any other method that provides reliable evidence of the date of receipt. Written notice provided by personal delivery shall be deemed received on the date of delivery. 26 Ban the Box Requirements
BAN THE BOX REQUIREMENTS
INTRODUCTION
On September 6, 2016, the City of Sacramento enacted an ordinance regarding criminal conviction information in the employment application process (the Ban the Box Ordinance), which added Chapter 3.62 to the Sacramento City Code and amended Section 2.40.050 of the Sacramento City Code. The Ban the Box Ordinance prohibits covered employers from asking an applicant for employment to disclose, orally or in writing, information concerning the criminal conviction history of the applicant, including any inquiry about criminal conviction history on any employment application, until the employer has determined the applicant meets the minimum employment qualifications stated in any notice issued for the position.
APPLICATION
City Contract
The Ban the Box Ordinance applies to all city contracts. The term city contract means a contract awarded after January 1, 2017 to a covered employer for services or a public project in return for compensation of $100,000 or more. The term city contract includes contracts for services or public projects that were awarded for an amount less than $100,000, but were amended to increase the total compensation to $100,000 or more.
The Ban the Box Ordinance also applies when the aggregate value of all contracts for services or public projects the City has awarded to the same covered employer within the previous 12 months is $100,000 or more.
The Ban the Box Ordinance does not apply to: (1) contracts awarded by the City Manager in response to an emergency; and (2) contracts for the purchase or lease of equipment, supplies, or other personal property, even if they include incidental services such as delivery, installation, or maintenance. Covered Employer
The Ban the Box Ordinance only applies to covered employers. The term covered employer means a person who is a party to a city contract and has at least 20 employees working either full or part time. The number of employees that a contractor has is determined by adding the contractors employees and the employees of any related person. A person is a related person when any of the following circumstances exists:
(1) The person and the person that is a party to a city contract are both corporations and:
(a) Share a majority of members of their governing boards; or (b) Have two or more officers in common; or
(c) Are controlled by the same majority shareholder or shareholders (control means more than 50% of the corporations voting power); or
(d) Are in a parent subsidiary relationship (such a relationship exists when one corporation directly or indirectly owns shares possessing more than 50% of another corporations voting power). (2) The person otherwise controls and directs, or is controlled and directed by, the person that is a party to a city contract, as determined by the City Manager, or City Manager designee. 27 The term covered employer includes a subcontractor providing services under a city contract if the subcontractor has at least 20 employees, whether full or part time, or the amount of the subcontract is at least 25% of the amount of the city contract.
The term covered employer does not include any unit of federal, state or local government.
Exceptions
The Ban the Box Ordinance provisions do not apply to: (1) a position for which a covered employer is otherwise required by law to conduct a criminal conviction history background check; or (2) a position that will not involve work pursuant to a city contract. Additionally, the Ban the Box Ordinance does not prevent a covered employer from conducting a criminal conviction history background check in subsequent stages of the application process after initially determining whether the applicant meets the minimum employment qualifications.
COMPLIANCE
It is the contractorsresponsibility to determine whether the aggregate value of $100,000 or more has been met, and to notify the City in writing whenever this is the case. It is also the contractors responsibility to ensure that all of its subcontractors who are covered by the Ban the Box Ordinance comply with the provisions of the Ban the Box Ordinance by including these requirements in all subcontracts covered by the Ban the Box Ordinance.
VIOLATIONS AND MONITORING
The Ban the Box Ordinance provides that any violation of the Ban the Box Ordinance by a covered employer constitutes a material breach of the contract, and authorizes the City to terminate the contract. The City may also enforce the Ban the Box Ordinance by investigating any alleged violation (but any failure of the City to investigate does not create a right of action against the City). The City may further require covered employers to verify compliance.
DECLARATION OF COMPLIANCE
To assure compliance with the Ban the Box Ordinance, any person or entity entering into a contract to provide services or a public project to or for the City, after January, 1, 2017, is required to provide the City with a signed Declaration of Compliance in the form specified by the City prior to the Citys execution of the contract. The Declaration of Compliance shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of the person or entity entering into the contract, and when accepted by the City, shall constitute part of the contract.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For a complete description of the Ban the Box Ordinance provisions related to City contracts, refer to the Ban the Box Ordinance, codified at Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62. The Sacramento City Code is available on the internet at www.cityofsacramento.org.
For more information on the Citys Ban the Box Ordinance, contact Procurement Services at 916 808 6240.
BID PROPOSAL FORMS
PLEASE REMOVE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS AND
SUBMIT AS THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE
TITLE VI
Title VI Language
APPENDIX A
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “contractor”) agrees as follows:
(1) Compliance with Regulations:
The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally- assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, “DOT”) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract.
(2) Nondiscrimination:
The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section
21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
(3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment:
In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor’s obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
(4) Information and Reports:
The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the (Recipient) or the (Name of Appropriate Administration) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the (Recipient), or the (Name of Appropriate Administration) as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance:
In the event of the contractor’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the (Recipient) shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the (Name of Appropriate Administration) may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or
cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. (6) Incorporation of Provisions:
The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the (Recipient) or the (Name of Appropriate Administration) may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the (Recipient) to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the (Recipient), and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
FOLLOWING FORMS TO BE FILLED OUT AND
SIGNED ONLY IF AWARDED CONTRACT
Policy #GL 526-81-82
Please attach a business card, or put your name with a phone number and/or an email address. who is doing work on the project
jobsite cleanup crew is not doing other work on the project and is not self-hauling
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
FRANKLIN BLVD GAP CLOSURE PROJECT
BETWEEN MACK ROAD AND A PARKWAY
(PN: R15200031)
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................. 5
1.1 SCOPE AND LOCATION OF WORK ........................................................................................ 5
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 COMPLETION TIME .................................................................................................................. 5
1.4 TIME OF AWARD ....................................................................................................................... 6
1.5 PROVIDING BONDS AND SURETY ........................................................................................ 6
1.6 PRE-BID INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .............................................. 6
1.7 NO TRUCK HAUL ROUTE ON 28TH STREET SOUTH OF E STREET ................................ 6
1.8 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE, MATERIAL TAGS, TRUCKING TAGS ........................ 7
1.9 GOLD SHOVEL STANDARD PROGRAM ............................................................................... 7
1.10 COMMUNITY WORKFORCE TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 7
1.11 FINAL PAY QUANTITY ............................................................................................................ 7
1.12 EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED ............................................................................................... 8
1.13 HANDLING AND REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS OR CONTAMINATED MATERIALS .... 8
1.14 COORDINATION ........................................................................................................................ 9
1.15 PROJECT SCHEDULING ......................................................................................................... 10
1.16 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS .................................................................. 10
1.17 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND HANDLING FOR CONSTRUCTION STAKING ...................... 11
1.18 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ......................................................................................................... 11
1.19 REMOVAL OF ON-STREET PARKING ................................................................................. 12
1.20 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS .......................................................... 13
1.21 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT ..................................................................... 13
1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS .............................................................................................................. 13
1.23 BACKFILLING OF VOIDS ....................................................................................................... 14
1.24 PAVEMENT CUTTING AND RESTORATION ...................................................................... 14
1.25 CURB RAMP AND DRIVEWAY CONSTRUCTION ............................................................. 14
1.26 PROTECTION OF TREES ........................................................................................................ 15
1.27 TREE TRIMMING ..................................................................................................................... 15
1.28 STOP WORK IF CULTURAL RESOURCES ARE DISCOVERED ........................................ 17 2 1.29 HEALTH AND SAFETY ........................................................................................................... 17
1.30 PERMITS AND STAGING AREA ............................................................................................ 18
1.31 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ............................................................................. 18
1.32 ENCROACHMENT PERMIT ................................................................................................ 19
1.33 CONTRACTOR LABOR AND EQUIPMENT DISPATCH..................................................... 19
2. ITEMS OF THE PROPOSAL .............................................................................................. 19
2.1 MOBILIZATION ....................................................................................................................... 19
2.2 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................................ 20
2.3 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN IMPLEMENTATION ........................................... 20
2.4 TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................. 23
2.5 TREE TO REMOVE .................................................................................................................. 28
2.6 SURVEY MONUMENT TO ADJUST TO GRADE ................................................................. 28
2.7 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND GRADING ........................................................................ 29
2.8 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 2 TO PLACE ............................................................................. 29
2.9 BASE REPAIR (8”) .................................................................................................................... 30
2.10 MICROSURFACING ................................................................................................................. 30
2.11 PAVEMENT PLANING (2.5”) .................................................................................................. 38
2.12 PAVEMENT PLANING (4.0”) .................................................................................................. 38
2.13 ASPHALT CONCRETE (3/4”) PAVEMENT TO PLACE ....................................................... 39
2.14 GAS VALVE TO ADJUST TO GRADE ................................................................................... 39
2.15 ADJUST MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER TO GRADE ..................................................... 39
2.16 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TO GRADE .......................................................................... 40
2.17 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1 TO CONSTUCT ..................................................................... 40
2.18 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1A TO CONSTRUCT ............................................................... 41
2.19 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 TO CONSTRUCT .................................................................. 41
2.20 CURB TYPE 3 TO CONSTRUCT ............................................................................................. 41
2.21 CURB TYPE 5 TO CONSTRUCT ............................................................................................. 41
2.22 4” PCC SIDEWALK TO CONSTRUCT ................................................................................... 42
2.23 TRUNCATED DOMES TO PLACE ......................................................................................... 42
2.24 MEASURE A SIGN TO PLACE ............................................................................................... 43
2.25 TRAFFIC SIGN TO PLACE ...................................................................................................... 44
2.26 NEW POST TO INSTALL ......................................................................................................... 45
2.27 SIGN TO REMOVE ................................................................................................................... 46 3 2.28 SIGN TO RELOCATE ............................................................................................................... 46
2.29 MEDIAN NOSE DETAIL TO INSTALL .................................................................................. 46
2.30 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS TO REMOVE ..... 47
2.31 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS TO PLACE ......... 48
2.32 FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR (TYPE K-71)................................................................................. 48
2.33 COLORED PAVEMENT FOR BIKE LANES (GREEN) ......................................................... 49
2.34 INSTALL 3M TAPE STRIPING ............................................................................................... 49
2.35 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND MACK ROAD ............ 49
2.36 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND BOYCE DRIVE .......... 52
2.37 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND BROOKFIELD DRIVE .................................................................................................................................................... 54
2.38 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND CREEKS EDGE WAY57
2.39 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND SHINING STAR DRIVE (COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO STANDARDS) ..................................................................... 59
2.40 FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION ON FRANKLIN BLVD FROM MACK ROAD TO A PARKWAY ............................................................................................. 61
2.41 FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION ON FRANKLIN BLVD FROM EAST PARKWAY TO FLORIN ROAD AND MUNSON WAY ............................................. 61
2.42 RAISED REFLECTICE BLUE MARKERS TO PLACE .......................................................... 62
3. ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS WHICH APPLY TO ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS ............ 62
3.1 CITY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED ............................................. 62
3.2 CONDUIT MATERIAL ........................................................................................................... 62
3.3 CONDUIT INSTALLATION .................................................................................................. 63
3.4 CONDUCTORS ........................................................................................................................ 65
3.5 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................... 65
3.6 CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 67
3.7 CATEGORY 6 OUTDOOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATION CABLE ......................... 68
3.8 CATEGORY 6 COMMUNICATION CABLE CONNECTOR ........................................... 69
3.9 DETECTOR CONDUCTOR LOOP ....................................................................................... 69
3.10 DETECTOR HANDHOLES .................................................................................................... 71
3.11 DETECTOR LEAD-IN CABLE .............................................................................................. 72
3.12 FIBER OPTIC ........................................................................................................................... 72
3.13 FOUNDATIONS TO BE ABANDONED ................................................................................. 78
3.14 PULL BOXES ........................................................................................................................... 78
3.15 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND FITTINGS ................................................................................... 80 4 3.16 TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN-ON PROCESS............................................................................ 84
3.17 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER SYSTEM – DELIVERY AND TESTING AND INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE ........................................................... 84
3.18 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER, ATC EX2, NEMA TS2 TYPE 2 .............................. 86
3.19 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER SOFTWARE ............................................................. 87
3.20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET, TS2 TYPE 1, TYPE R ....................................................... 91
3.21 VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM – ECONOLITE VISION ................................................ 107
3.22 WIRING ................................................................................................................................... 116
3.23 COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO .............................................................................................. 116 5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
FRANKLIN BLVD GAP CLOSURE PROJECT
BETWEEN MACK ROAD AND A PARKWAY
(PN: R15200031)
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1 SCOPE AND LOCATION OF WORK
The following items of work are to be performed in these Special Provisions:
The seal coating, planing, overlay and part reconstruction of Franklin Boulevard from Mack Road to the A Parkway within the City and County of Sacramento.
The work includes microsurfacing Franklin Boulevard between Mack Road and Creeks Edge Way, and planing and overlay between Creeks Edge Way and A Parkway. Other work includes base repairs, curb ramp replacement, fiber optic installation, and traffic signal modifications.
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS
The work to be performed under this contract shall be in accordance with the Special Provisions contained herein. In these Special Provisions, reference is made to the City Standard Specifications of the City of Sacramento, adopted November 2020, referred to herein as "Standard Specifications" and any amendments. Reference is also made to California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, adopted 2024, referred to herein as “State Standard Specifications” and any amendments. Reference is also made to Sacramento County Standard Specifications, adopted April 2024, referred to herein as “County Standard Specifications” and any amendments. The General Requirements of this contract shall be governed by these Special Provisions first, followed by Section 1 through Section 8 of the Standard Specifications. Other standards or specifications specified in these Special Provisions govern only the applicable technical specifications unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions. The City shall not provide hard copies of the plans and specifications. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to print or have printed their own copies of these documents.
1.3 COMPLETION TIME
The time limit for the completion of all items of work is One Hundred and Forty (140) working days, commencing on the date set forth in the written Notice to Proceed issued by the City to the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay a sum in the amount of FIVE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS ($5200.00) as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, for each calendar day delay after the expiration of One Hundred and Forty (140) working days.
The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a weekly statement showing the number of working days charged to the contract for the preceding week and the number of working days charged to date.
The Contractor will be allowed fifteen (15) calendar days in which to file a written protest setting forth in what respect the Contractor disagrees with the working day statement, otherwise the 6 working day statement of the Engineer shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct.
1.4 TIME OF AWARD
Section 3-2, “Time of Award,” of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended for this project.
Time of Award for this contract shall be made within Sixty (60) calendar days after opening of the proposals to the lowest responsible bidder.
1.5 PROVIDING BONDS AND SURETY
The Contractor shall provide signed agreement and surety bonds within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of notice to award by the City and prior to award by the City Council. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for all surety bond costs should the City Council not award a contract.
1.6 PRE-BID INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
No oral representations or interpretation will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the contract documents. Requests for interpretation shall be made in writing and delivered to the City at least seven (7) calendar days before the time announced for opening the proposals.
Interpretation, where necessary, will be made by the City in the form of an addendum to the contract documents and, when issued, will be sent as promptly as is practicable to all parties to whom the bid documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the contract.
Requests for information regarding this procedure or other similar information, shall be directed to Kelli Lacy at [email protected].
It shall also be the bidder's responsibility to call to the attention of the Engineer any missing pages or drawings in the contract documents including the addenda. These items shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer immediately but at least two (2) weeks prior to the bid opening date.
1.7 NO TRUCK HAUL ROUTE ON 28TH STREET SOUTH OF E STREET The Contractor and its subcontractors must not use 28th Street south of E Street as part of any haul route to and from the Bell Marine Co., Inc./ Harbor Sand and Gravel located at 200 28th Street. Acceptable routes to and from the facility are as follows:
To enter facility:
North on 30th Street
West on E Street
North on 28th Street
To exit facility:
South on 28th Street
East on C Street
South on 29th Street
7 The Contractor shall be assessed an administrative penalty of $500 for each Contractor or subcontractor dump truck that uses 28th Street South of E Street to enter or exit the Bell Marine Co., Inc/Harbor Sand and Gravel.
1.8 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE, MATERIAL TAGS, TRUCKING TAGS The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a manufacturer's "Certificate of Compliance" at the Engineer's request within two weeks. The Certificate of Compliance shall clearly show that the material, equipment and/or work is in compliance with the tests and specifications set forth in these contract documents. All material tags, certificates of compliance, and trucking tags identifying what was transported and what time material is delivered will be submitted to the inspector by the end of each day.
1.9 GOLD SHOVEL STANDARD PROGRAM
On July 20, 2018, the City of Sacramento became the first municipality in California to become a Gold Shovel Certified Community. As such, the City of Sacramento is highly encouraging its contractors bidding on City projects to become Gold Shovel Certified. The Gold Shovel Standard Certification was developed to ensure that hired contractors adhere to the safest excavation standards. To learn more about the Gold Shovel Standard certification process, please visit the following website: www.goldshovelstandard.org.
1.10 COMMUNITY WORKFORCE TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
This project is subject to the requirements of the City’s Local Hire and Community Workforce Training Program and the City’s Community Workforce Training Agreement (CWTA), attached to this solicitation as Exhibit D. A summary of the CWTA requirements is also provided in Exhibit D. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges that it has read and understands all the requirements, terms, and conditions of the complete CWTA attached, and has included all costs associated with compliance with the CWTA in its bid. The CWTA is applicable if the total bid amount submitted by the Contractor or contractors awarded construction contracts exceeds one million dollars ($1,000,000).
If the CWTA applies, the Contractor must execute Addendum A to the CWTA (“Agreement to be Bound”) and provide an executed original to the City before a Notice to Proceed will be issued. Contractor must also include the provisions of this section in every subcontract for Work covered by the CWTA. No subcontractor for Work covered by the CWTA may perform Work prior to executing Addendum A and providing the executed original to the City. By submitting a bid, Contractor represents that if the bid amount exceeds $1,000,000, Contractor represents that it will execute the Agreement to be Bound if selected.
1.11 FINAL PAY QUANTITY
Final pay quantity is designated on the sealed bid proposal sheet with a “(F)”. Final pay quantity shall conform to Section 9-1.015 “Final Pay Items” of the State Standard Specifications, except that the final pay quantity designation shall be made on the sealed bid proposal rather than the Plans.
8 1.12 EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED
All equipment, material and supplies called for in the specifications shall be new and currently manufactured items, unless otherwise specified. All equipment shall be complete and in operation to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the time of acceptance of the work.
All incidental parts which are not shown on the Plans or specified herein and which are necessary to complete the project shall be furnished and installed as though such parts were shown on the Plans or specified herein.
All equipment, materials, or supplies to be considered as an approved equal must be submitted to the City contact listed in PREBID INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, for approval no less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the bid opening date. If the City finds said equipment, materials, or supplies to be acceptable, an addendum will be issued notifying all bidders by the close of business on Friday before the bid opening date. If there is no addendum accepting an approved equal, bidders shall submit bids based on the original specified equipment, materials, or supplies.
1.13 HANDLING AND REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS OR CONTAMINATED
MATERIALS
In the event hazardous or contaminated materials are encountered at the site for which separate handling or removal provisions have not been made in these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall stop work on that item, contact the Engineer and schedule his operations to work elsewhere on the site if possible. The City will be responsible for handling and removal of hazardous material or may request that the Contractor shall be available, through contract change order, to provide additional services as needed for the completion of the work. Additional services may consist of retaining a subcontractor who possesses a California license for hazardous substance removal and remedial actions.
Hazardous or contaminated materials may only be removed and disposed of from the project site in accordance with the following provisions:
1. All work is to be completed in accordance with the following regulations and requirements:
a. Chapter 6.5, Division 20, California Health and Safety Code. b. California Administration Code, Title 22, relating to Handling, Storage, and Treatment of Hazardous Materials. 29 Code of Federal Regulation 1910.120 relating to Hazardous Waste Operation Safety Training.
c. City of Sacramento Building Code and the current edition of the Uniform Building Code.
2. Coordination shall be made with the County of Sacramento Environmental Management Department, Hazardous Materials Division, and the necessary applications shall be filed. 9 3. All hazardous materials shall be disposed of at an approved disposal site and shall only be hauled by a current California registered hazardous waste hauler using correct manifesting procedures and vehicles displaying a current Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall identify by name and address the site where toxic substances shall be disposed of. NO payment for removal and disposal services shall be made without a valid certificate from the approved disposal site that the material was delivered.
None of the aforementioned provisions shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the Contractor's responsibility for the health and safety of all persons (including employees) and from the protection of property during the performance of the work. This requirement shall be applied continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
1.14 COORDINATION
The Contractor shall coordinate his activities in a manner that will provide the least interference with the City's operations, other contractors and utility companies working in the area, and agencies exercising jurisdiction over the project area or portions thereof.
1. At a minimum the Contractor shall coordinate his operations with the following:
City Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Maintenance Shop Contractor shall notify Norm Colby, via the Resident Engineer, a minimum of five (5) working days before any electrical work begins at 808-6635.
Underground Service Alert
Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert (USA) at 1-800-227-2600, a minimum of three (3) working days prior to any excavation.
Regional Transit
At least seven (7) working days prior to working on streets used as bus routes, the Contractor shall notify the Regional Transit (RT), Customer Service Center Phone: 321 2876 or 321- 2817 (Fax: 444-0502), to inform of any traffic restrictions that may be in effect and bus stops that may be temporarily out of service.
County of Sacramento
Contractor shall contact Jeff Lowry, Associate Civil Engineer for the Maintenance and Operations Division for Sacramento County, at (916) 876-6695 at least 7 calendar days before the start of construction.
Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E)
Contractor shall contact David Allen, Senior Field Engineer Technician for PG&E, at (916) 386-5277, and Larry Schlaht at (916) 386-5371 at least 7 calendar days before start of construction.
City Solid Waste Division
10 Contractor shall notify the Superintendent of Collection or Refuse Collection General Supervisor, at (916) 808-4952, a minimum of at least seven (7) calendar days prior to beginning work.
United States Postal Service
Contractor shall notify the US Post Office at 4301 Brookfield Drive at (916) 275-8777 at least 7 calendar days prior to construction.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any garden refuse piles, which are inadvertently placed in the street between the time of City pickup and the Contractor's work. The cost for removing garden refuse piles shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal.
The cost of coordination shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
1.15 PROJECT SCHEDULING
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a practicable progress schedule and a schedule of values at the pre-construction meeting and within 5 days of the Engineer's written request at any other time. The Contractor shall furnish the schedules on a form of his choice. The progress schedule shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the work, the dates on which he will start the features of the work and the contemplated dates for completion of the work.
The schedule of values is submitted for use in determining progress payments. The progress schedules submitted shall be consistent in all respects with the time and order of work requirements of the contract.
The Contractor shall submit, review and update a project schedule in accordance with Section 7-2 of the Standard Specifications. Subsequent to the time that submittal of a progress schedule and a schedule of values is required in accordance with these specifications, no progress payments will be made prior to the submittal of an acceptable project schedule.
1.16 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
The location, alignment, and depth of existing underground utilities as shown on the Plans are taken from public records and no responsibility is assumed for their accuracy.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Chapter 3.1 "PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES IN PUBLIC CONTRACTS" of the California Government Code concerning protecting existing overhead and underground utilities. In particular, Section 4216 and Section 4217.
Existing improvements, utilities and adjacent property shall be protected from damage resulting from the Contractor's operations. All trees, shrubbery, grass, fences, mail boxes, walls and other improvements including existing pavements, sidewalks, street improvements, sprinkler systems and underground utilities and other improvements not to be removed under this contract shall be protected from damage by the Contractor throughout the construction period. 11 All painted or other disfiguring markings on the pavement, sidewalk or gutters shall be removed by the Contractor before acceptance of the work.
The Contractor will ensure that utility services to customers in the project are maintained.
The Contractor is responsible for the protection of and for damage to existing overhead and underground utility lines and services encountered during the course of construction. The Contractor shall notify the respective utility owner prior to any interruption of service.
The Contractor is expected to "pothole" existing underground utilities a minimum of ten (10) working days in advance at any location where an existing utility may be in conflict with the proposed work.
The cost of relocating existing overhead or underground utilities not specified on Plans to be relocated, but which the Contractor elects to relocate or cut and reconnect for his/her own convenience, shall be borne by the Contractor.
No compensation will be paid to the Contractor for the maintenance and protection of existing utilities and facilities. The cost of such work shall be included in whatever bid item the Contractor deems appropriate.
1.17 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND HANDLING FOR CONSTRUCTION STAKING The Contractor is responsible for providing traffic control (at the request of the City survey crew) to place the Contractor’s construction stakes within vehicle travel lanes of heavy volume streets and highways. Heavy volume streets are typically major and minor collectors and arterial streets; and are not alleys, local residential, local commercial, or local industrial streets. The cost to provide traffic control for construction staking in the vehicle travel lanes shall be included in the bid items the Contractor deems appropriate.
1.18 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
The Contractor shall notify residents and businesses within the project limits in writing five (5) working days in advance of beginning work. The notice shall be approved by the Engineer and shall describe the work to be performed, the anticipated duration of construction and the name and telephone number of the Contractor's representative that can be reached 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
The Contractor shall be responsible for issuing a second notice to property owners five (5) working days in advance of commencing any work on private property. The Contractor shall include in the public notification flyers/postcards detailed procedures explaining precautions the homeowner can take to help prevent plugged utility service fixture problems. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval public notification flyers/postcards before they are issued to the public.
12 Full compensation for this item shall be included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed.
1.19 REMOVAL OF ON-STREET PARKING
In Metered Parking Areas:
Seventy-two (72) hours prior to construction, the Contractor shall place signs adjacent to every third parking stall stating, "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - Tow Away" or "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - This Block". Contractor shall also contact the City Parking Division prior to placing barricades.
Signs shall be placed before 1:00 PM on the day selected to allow sufficient time for City inspection.
The Contractor shall request the City Parking Division to cover each parking meter, prior to construction, with a "NO PARKING" sign and the signs previously placed adjacent to every third stall shall be mounted on a barricade and moved into the parking stall at the Contractors expense.
If the Contractor needs less than the entire block, every stall removed shall be barricaded in conjunction with the covering of parking meters.
Where parking removal is necessary, at metered parking stalls, the Contractor shall coordinate with the City Parking Division three (3) days in advance and shall be responsible for the payment of parking removal fees (City Code Section 25.122-1). It is recommended that the Contractor consult with the City Parking Division (phone 916-808-5874) prior to submission of his bid to obtain an estimate of the fees for this project. Note: Typical fees are $29 to bag the first meter and $5 each additional meter. Daily meter fees are typically $2.25 each day Monday through Saturday.
In Non-Metered Parking Areas:
Seventy-two (72) hours prior to construction (except Monday work, barricades shall be placed on the prior Thursday), the Contractor shall place signed Type II barricades stating "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - Tow Away" or "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - This Block", at 50 to 60 foot intervals in the work area. The Contractor shall notify the City Parking Division (916-808-5874) prior to placing barricades. No fee is required in Non-metered zones. "NO PARKING" signs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their use. "NO PARKING" signs and barricades shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately after the "NO PARKING" signs are in place.
Barricades shall be placed before 1:00 PM on the day selected to allow sufficient time for City inspection.
Failure to comply with this section will prevent the City from towing vehicles parked within the proposed work area until the provisions of this section have been met and will require rescheduling 13 of planned work. Additionally, “NO PARKING” signs and barricades shall not be removed prior to removal/towing of vehicles in violation of posted “NO PARKING” signs.
Payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and payment of all fees required to perform all work, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer and shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work. No additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
1.20 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS
Equipment list and drawings shall be in accordance with Section 34-3 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, within twenty (20) days following notification of award of the contract submit to the Engineer for approval a listing of equipment and material which he/she proposes to furnish and install. The list shall be complete as to name of manufacturer, size and catalog number of unit, and shall be supplemented by other data, including detailed scale drawings and wiring drawings. A minimum of five (5) copies of the above data shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement from each vendor supplying electrical equipment, including but not limited to, signal heads, standards, electroliers, luminaries, service pedestal and all other electrical equipment indicating that the orders for the materials required for this contract have been received and accepted by said vendor. The confirmed date of delivery to the contractor shall be indicated on the statement.
All substitutions are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
1.21 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT
In order that the Engineer may determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the contract documents not readily determinable through inspection and tests of plant, equipment, work, or materials, the Contractor shall at any time when requested, at the Contractor's expense, submit to the Engineer properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs as to his compliance with such requirements.
1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS
Contractor shall maintain a neatly and accurately marked set of record drawings showing the final locations and layout of all facilities as-built. Drawings shall be kept current weekly, with all work instructions and Change Orders, accommodations, and construction adjustments. Drawings shall be subject to the inspection by the Engineer at all times, and progress payments, or portions thereof, may be withheld if drawings are not accurate and current. Prior to City’s acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer one (1) set of neatly marked record drawings, accurately showing all the information required above. If the Engineer does not approve the record drawings, Contractor shall revise and resubmit the record drawings as necessary to obtain the Engineer’s 14 approval. If Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this section, the City may deduct and retain the cost of preparing the record drawings from the Contract.
1.23 BACKFILLING OF VOIDS
All voids resulting from the removal of trees, pipes, maintenance holes, ditch boxes, or other buried structures or objects shown on the Plans or called in these Special Provisions to be removed, shall be backfilled per the provisions of Section 26 (Trench Backfill) of the Standard Specifications. In the event job excavated native material is unsuitable for backfill as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish the required suitable backfill material.
The cost to backfill voids as specified in the Special Provisions shall be included in the price bid for the respective items to remove trees, pipe, maintenance holes, ditch boxes, or other buried structures or objects, and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
1.24 PAVEMENT CUTTING AND RESTORATION
Pavement cutting and restoration shall conform to the provisions of Section 13-4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
No pavement cutting shall precede pavement excavation by more than seven (7) calendar days unless approved by the Engineer. Prior to excavation in paved areas, pavement will be broken within the limits of expected excavation so as to prevent lifting of the pavement during excavation.
Prior to restoration, the pavement shall be sawed or scored with an abrasive type pavement cutter (maximum blade width 1/4"). The proper tools and equipment shall be used so that the pavement will be cut to a neat and straight line six inches (6") beyond the limits of actual excavation.
Where pavement cutting takes place more than five (5) calendar days before trench excavation, the Contractor shall fill the pavement cuts with asphaltic patching mix and maintain a smooth riding surface until trenching begins.
Where the limits of excavation are located within twelve (12") of the edge of existing pavement or lip of the curb and/or gutter, the existing pavement within this twelve inches (12") shall also be removed.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for all work involved in this item shall be considered as included in the unit price bid for roadway excavation and removing and replacing asphaltic concrete pavement.
1.25 CURB RAMP AND DRIVEWAY CONSTRUCTION
Contractor shall be responsible for layout and grading of curb ramps and driveways in locations shown on plans.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for all work involved in this item shall be considered as included in the unit price for various bid item involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 15 1.26 PROTECTION OF TREES
During construction the Contractor shall protect existing trees. All work near the trees shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the City Arborist, at [email protected]. The Contractor shall comply with direction as given by the City Arborist and the following City requirements regarding tree protection:
No storage of materials or parking of vehicles may occur within the drip lines of the trees, except on paved streets.
If, during construction, tree roots two inches (2") in diameter or greater are encountered, work shall stop immediately and the City Arborist shall be contacted for a root inspection, and roots shall not be cut without arborist approval. Roots approved by the arborist to be pruned during the course of project construction shall be cleanly cut. If extensive root pruning is proposed an arborist inspection will determine if tree removal is necessary.
If construction activities will affect any of the limbs of the trees, a certified arborist (certified by International Society of Arboriculture, Western Chapter) shall be consulted prior to the cutting or removal of any limb. Limbs approved by the arborist to be pruned during the course of project construction shall be cleanly cut.
The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to trees. Trees damaged by the Contractor during construction activities shall be assessed by the City Arborist using the International Society of Arborists (ISA) appraisal guide or UFS standard diameter and area indexing. The Contractor's responsibility for damaged trees will be determined by the Arborist.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed.
1.27 TREE TRIMMING
Trees identified by the Engineer to be trimmed shall be trimmed in accordance with the following specifications and as directed by the Engineer or project Arborist in conjunction with the City Arborist:
General Conditions - This work is to be performed by a Tree Service Contractor, licensed and bonded to do business in the City of Sacramento. The work to be done will consist not only of this trimming and removal of branches and limbs but also disposal of material trimmed from these trees. Disposal of material will not be allowed at the City Dump.
Contractor shall be aware of and shall comply with all ordinances governing and related to tree trimming work. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment as required in performing the work described herein in strict accordance with these specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of this contract.
16 Description of Work - The work shall be done primarily from truck mounted aerial platforms except where trees are inaccessible to trucks. All hand and power tools in the performance of this work shall be subject to inspection and approval of the Manager of the Urban Forest Services division or his designated representative who shall serve as the inspector for the City.
In general, the standard tree trimming equipment shall be used and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition at all times. All tools shall be clean, sharp, in proper working order and shall be checked for safety before each job.
Inspection/Permit - The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to 8:00 a.m. on each day Contractor will be trimming trees.
The Contractor shall notify, 3 working days prior to tree trimming, the City Arborist, at [email protected] and obtain, for this project, a permit for tree trimming within the City.
Special Conditions - All licenses, insurance, etc., necessary to assume the legal responsibility for said work shall be acquired by the Contractor to cover the liabilities which might be caused by said work.
All workmen shall comply with State Compensation Safety Rules and must wear safety equipment at all times while on the job. Adequate warning devices, barricades, guards, cones, etc., shall be placed and necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to provide protection for the workers, pedestrians and vehicular traffic in the area. Work shall be scheduled and conducted in a cooperative manner in order to give the least possible interference with or annoyance to others.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to work out any cooperative work schedules as necessary.
All tree work requiring climbing of trees shall be suspended during inclement weather. No trimmings or debris shall be left overnight on any of the work sites. Upon completion of a specific area, the site shall be left in a clean and orderly condition. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damages to adjacent property including shrubs, trees or other growth as well as structures along the route.
To prevent the spread of Dutch elm disease, tree trimming tools shall be sprayed with Lysol before any tree trimming and after each tree has been trimmed.
Personnel - All work shall be done by qualified and trained persons. They shall be familiar with tree climbing and trimming work in general and trained to work in trees of any size. A qualified foreman shall be provided to oversee and direct the work of each crew.
Correct Cuts - All work shall be done in a professional and workmanlike manner. All cuts shall be made in accordance with the following sections in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Trees shall be trimmed at locations where there are tree conflicts and as directed by the Engineer or project Arborist in conjunction with the City Arborist. 17 Tree trimming shall include the removal of any limbs or brush from limbs in order to achieve a clear space of at least six foot (6') radial distance from each luminaire. The results of the tree trimming shall produce an unobstructed cone of light that will illuminate a semicircle on the street at street level. The semicircle shall have a radius of forty feet (40') minimum on the street from the electrolier base. The unobstructed cone of light shall also illuminate an area at sidewalk level on the house side of the electrolier. This illuminated area shall extend fifteen feet (15') minimum from the base of the electrolier.
Twigs, small limbs and sucker growth shall be removed with hand pruners, pole pruners or a fine toothed saw. All portions of a tree removed in the pruning operations, whether small or large in diameter, shall be made just outside the branch bark ridge, parallel to and immediately adjacent to the tree limb from which the part is removed.
Any dead wood and broken limbs encountered in the pruning operations shall be removed. Dead wood shall be defined as any portion of the tree having no living foliage, no live buds or no apparent life in the cambium layer. Final cuts on dead limbs shall not cut into the branch bark ridge or branch collar of the parent limb. Dead limbs larger than three-fourths of one inch (3/4") in diameter shall be removed by sawing. Broken limbs shall be removed except where branches have split and one portion of the branch can be saved by pruning to reduce lateral end weight.
Shrubs shall be pruned as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to current ISA specifications.
The cost of such work shall be included in whatever bid item the Contractor deems appropriate.
1.28 STOP WORK IF CULTURAL RESOURCES ARE DISCOVERED
If artifacts or stone, bone, or shell are uncovered during construction activities, the Contractor shall stop work within 100 feet of the find and notify the City, who will consult with a qualified archaeologist for an on-the-spot evaluation. Additional mitigation of the archaeological site will be the responsibility of the City. If bone is found and it appears to be human, the City will notify the Sacramento County coroner and the Native American Heritage Commission (916-322-7791).
1.29 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The Contractor is warned that existing sewers and appurtenances have been exposed to sewage and industrial wastes. These facilities shall therefore be considered contaminated with diseasecausing organisms. Personnel in contact with contaminated facilities, debris, wastewater, or similar items shall be advised by the Contractor of the necessary precautions that must be taken to avoid becoming diseased. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to urge his personnel to observe a strict regime of proper hygienic precautions, including any inoculations recommended by the local public health officer.
Because of the danger of solvents, gasoline, and other hazardous material in the existing sewers, these areas shall be considered hazardous to open flame, sparks, or unventilated occupancy. The Contractor shall be aware of these dangers and shall take the necessary measures to assure his personnel observe proper safety precautions when working in these areas. 18 The Contractor shall not allow any wastewater to discharge from sewage collection systems onto adjacent lands or waters. In case of accidental discharge, the Contractor shall be responsible for containment, immediate cleanup and disposal at his own expense to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. Where containment is not possible, adequate disinfection shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense as directed by the Engineer or agency with jurisdiction. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to adequately follow the above guidelines, he will make arrangements to have the work done by others, and have the cost charged to the Contractor.
1.30 PERMITS AND STAGING AREA
If the Contractor decides he/she needs additional working easement areas, work sites or material sites to facilitate his operation, it shall be his sole responsibility to locate, negotiate, obtain and pay for such additional working easements, work sites and material sites.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written authorization from the property owner of private property being used for the storage of equipment or materials. A copy of any written agreements entered into between the Contractor and the property owner concerning encroachment onto private property shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning any work on the property.
Prior to work within the City-owned property, a right of entry must be obtained through the City of Sacramento Real Estate division. A written application for right of entry must be submitted a minimum of 2 weeks prior to required entry.
An application for the right of entry must detail the full legal name of the company, the company’s main point-of-contact, the name of the person(s) responsible for signing the right of entry including his or her title, dates and durations of requested entry, activities requiring entry, proposed work hours, a description of any materials and equipment to be stockpiled and areas where stockpiles will be kept depicted on a detailed aerial exhibit, fueling or maintenance operations planned, and any other potentially hazardous materials that may be located on site, as well as any other pertinent information related to the project that should be disclosed.
All areas lying outside of the street right-of-way which are affected by the work shall be restored to the same, or better condition existing prior to the commencement of the work, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The cost of necessary permits, all restoration, including but not limited to landscaping improvements, shall be included in the various items of work the Contractor deems appropriate, and no separate or additional compensation shall be made.
1.31 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Erosion and Sediment Control shall be in accordance with Section 16 of the City Standard Specifications.
19 1.32 ENCROACHMENT PERMIT
The City is in the process of acquiring an encroachment permit from Sacramento County. Within Sacramento County’s right of way or work affecting Sacramento County’s facilities, the Contractor shall be responsible for and ensure permit compliance with all construction mitigation measures, notification requirements, monitoring and utilization of Best Management Practices (BMPs) and good site management housekeeping practices.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements in this permit, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various item or work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
1.33 CONTRACTOR LABOR AND EQUIPMENT DISPATCH
The Contractor and each Subcontractor working on the project shall submit a Labor and equipment Dispatch document the night before and no later than 8 am the day the crew/equipment will be working on site. The Dispatch shall be computer generated and not handwritten and submitted to the inspector, ARE and RE. The labor on the project shall include the employee’s name and labor classification and equipment being operated by the operator.
The equipment used on the project that day shall include Equipment make, model, equipment number and primary name of operator. Equipment shall be identified if it is a rental piece of equipment. All vehicles shall identify the Employee operating the vehicle. The General Contractor’s Dispatch shall include the following:
All subcontractors are scheduled to work on the project that day.
All Trucking and the quantity to be used on the project on that day.
All Materials to be delivered that day (Aggregates, concrete, HMA, Electrical.)
2. ITEMS OF THE PROPOSAL
2.1 MOBILIZATION
Mobilization shall conform to the provisions in Section 11, "Mobilization," of the State Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with various utility companies for relocation of any utility poles, lines, adjusting utilities to grade or underground work. The cost of coordination shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with mobilization as specified in these Special Provisions, State Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
20 2.2 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Preconstruction photographs shall conform to Section 11 of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the lump sum bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in taking preconstruction photographs as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.3 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
These requirements consist of regulations contained in the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Stormwater Permit issued to the City.
CSMP, inspecting water pollution control practices, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
1. Dust Control
The Contractor shall comply with all City and County of Sacramento air pollution control rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract, including any air pollution control rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes, specified in the Government Code. The Contractor shall be responsible for the control of dust within the limits of the project at all times including weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall take whatever steps are necessary or required by the Engineer to eliminate the nuisance of blowing dust without causing sediment, debris or litter to enter the City storm drain system.
2. Erosion, Sediment, and Pollution Control
The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling erosion and sedimentation within the limits of the project at all times during the course of construction including evenings, weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall prevent sediment and construction debris from entering the City storm drain system.
The Contractor shall provide the following erosion, sediment, and pollution control Best Management Practices (BMPs) when and where applicable:
a. Filter Bags in and Gravel bags around any storm drain inlets, which receive runoff from the limits of the construction zone, including storage and staging areas. Alternative storm drain inlet protection BMPs can be used with approval of the Engineer. b. Covering of material piles and/or gravel berms (or approved equal) around material piles as required to prevent migration of material to gutters or storm drains. c. Gutter flowlines are to be kept unimpeded and free of soil, debris and construction materials at all times.
21 d. Stabilized construction entrance at any soil to concrete/asphalt interface used by Contractor vehicles and equipment.
e. Silt fences, fiber rolls or approved equal at any soil to concrete/asphalt interface at which soil may be washed onto the concrete/asphalt.
f. Wash water, slurry and sediment from concrete or asphalt sawcutting operations shall not be allowed to enter the City storm drain system, but instead must be collected and disposed of, by the Contractor, in some manner approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor is required to implement, at a minimum, the following housekeeping practices:
site cleanup, solid waste management, material storage and delivery area, concrete waste management, and spill prevention and control.
a. Site Cleanup: The Contractor shall keep the project site clean and free of dust, mud, and debris resulting from the Contractor's operations. Daily clean up throughout the project shall be required as the Contractor progresses with the work. Extra precautions and clean up efforts shall be made prior to weekends and holidays.
Daily or as needed, all paved areas within the limits of the project shall be cleaned and free of sediments, asphalt, concrete and any other construction debris. The Contractor will not be allowed to clean sediment and debris from the street by using water to wash down streets. The streets will be allowed to be washed only after the streets have been thoroughly swept and/or vacuumed and inlet protection has been placed at all storm drain inlets to catch any remaining sediments from the streets.
Spillage of earth, gravel, concrete, asphalt, or other materials resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense. If site is not kept sufficiently clean the City will take measures to clean it and back charge the Contractor. b. Solid Waste Management: Contractor shall maintain a clean construction site. Contractor shall provide designated areas for waste collection. The waste collection areas shall be leak-proof containers with lids or covers. Site trash shall be collected daily and placed in the disposal containers. The Contractor shall make arrangements for regular waste collection. The Contractor shall also regularly inspect the waste disposal areas to determine if potential pollutant discharges exist.
c. Material Storage and Delivery Area: Contractor shall provide one central material storage and delivery area (MSDA) for the duration of the project. This area shall be protected such that runoff will not be allowed to leave the MSDA site. The Contractor shall regularly inspect the MSDA site to ensure that any hazardous or non-hazardous materials have not spilled.
d. Concrete Waste Management: The Contractor shall arrange for concrete wastes to be disposed of off-site or in one designated on-site area. Concrete wastes, including left-over concrete and material from washing out the concrete truck, shall not be disposed or washed 22 into the storm drain system. If a designated on-site area is provided, the site shall be bermed to allow the concrete to dry. The dried concrete waste shall be removed and disposed of properly by the Contractor at his expense.
e. Spill Prevention and Control: The Contractor shall be responsible for instructing employees and sub-contractors about preventing spills of hazardous materials, including equipment fuel, and controlling spills if they occur. Proper spill control and cleanup materials and procedures shall be kept on site near the storage and equipment fueling areas and updated as materials change on site. Contractor will be held strictly responsible for the prevention, clean-up and consequences of any hazardous materials spills.
Throughout the duration of the project the Contractor will be required to inspect and maintain, in effective condition, all erosion, sediment, and pollution control BMPs before and after each storm event and as needed. The contractor shall immediately correct or replace any ineffective BMPs.
More information about control measures and housekeeping practices can be obtained by referring to the City of Sacramento's Administrative and Technical Procedures Manual for Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control available at 1395 35th Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95822.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit an erosion, sediment and pollution control plan (ESC Plan) to the Engineer for review, per Section 16 of the Standard Specifications. The submittal shall include a description of all erosion, sediment and pollution control BMPs proposed to be used to prevent sediment and other sources of pollution from entering the City storm drain system as well as a site plan showing their placement. The ESC Plan shall be submitted a minimum of 48 hours prior to start of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to begin work until an accepted ESC Plan is on file with the Engineer. The erosion, sediment and pollution control plan shall be updated as necessary and re-submitted to the Engineer.
3. Enforcement
Per City Code Sections 15.88, 13.16 and 1.28, the Contractor shall be subject to Notices of Violation (NOVs) resulting in possible Stop Work Orders and Administrative Penalties of up to $4,999 per day for non-compliance of this section of the Special Provisions.
Per the State’s Porter Cologne Water Quality Act, the Contractor shall also be subject to inspection by Staff from the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board who have the authority to issue Notices of Violation (NOVs) and Penalties of up to $10,000 per day for non-compliance.
The Contractor shall be liable for any fines issued to the project by the State or Federal Government for NPDES non-compliance due to Contractor negligence.
The City reserves the right to take corrective action and withhold the City’s costs for corrective action from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 7, Retention of Sums Charged against the Contractor, of the Agreement.
23 Any fines, including third-party claims, levied against the City as a result of Contractor’s noncompliance are the Contractor’s sole responsibility and will be withheld from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 7, Retention of Sums Charged against the Contractor, of the Agreement.
Payment shall be at the lump sum bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, paying applicable fees and for doing all work involved in implementing Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP), as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.4 TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
The contractor’s attention is directed to Sections 6 and 7 of the Standard Specifications.
For emergency purposes, the responsible person in charge of the work must be reachable by phone 24 hours a day during the progress of the work. A 24-hour phone number shall be indicated on the permit application.
The contractor shall adhere to guidelines as stated in Section 12.20.030 of Title 12 of the Sacramento City Code pertaining to Traffic Control Plan – Requirements, and shall conform to the current edition of the California MUTCD. Particular attention is directed to Chapter 6D – Pedestrian and Worker Safety and Chapter 6F – Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices, Section 6F.68 – Detectable Edging for Pedestrians.
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
The Contractor must submit for review and approval the following items:
A. Construction Sequencing Plan – detailing the proposed construction staging and proposed closures including limits, durations, and dates. All closures shall be clearly indicated in the project schedule.
B. Detour Plan – detailing the rerouting of pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular traffic during any proposed closures.
C. Traffic Control Plan – detailing how pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular traffic will be routed through active construction areas.
The submitted plans shall cover all proposed phases of work. Each plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. The contractor shall make all requested modifications to these plans and no work affected by these plans shall begin until the plans have been approved. 24 ACCESS TO BUSINESSESS
Access to businesses must be maintained at all times. The pedestrian walkways fronting the businesses on the north and south side of Meadowview Road and 24th Street must be staged so pedestrian access is maintained to the businesses as construction is occurring. Pedestrian access to businesses must meet all applicable ADA requirements. The contractor developed traffic handling plan must include details for how this access will be maintained.
PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
All work within public streets and/or roadway rights-of-way shall be done in an expeditious manner and cause as little inconvenience to the traveling public as possible. Vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians must be allowed to pass at all times except during an Engineer approved closure.
PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLIST ACCESS
The Contractor shall not block the movement of pedestrian or bicycle traffic unless as part of an Engineer approved closure. The Contractor shall provide for pedestrian and bicycle traffic by phasing construction operations or by providing alternative pedestrian and bicyclist access through or adjacent to construction areas. The contractor must submit for review and approval a traffic handling plan which includes details for the provision of pedestrian and bicycle access.
Proper advance notice signage with reasonable detours shall be installed and maintained through all phases of construction. At no time shall pedestrians be diverted into a portion of the street used for vehicular traffic or on to private property unless adequate lane closure signage is in place.
Minimum allowable pedestrian and bicycle access shall consist of four-foot (4’) wide bridges across trenches and four-foot (4’) wide passageways through construction areas. Hand railings for pedestrians shall be provided when required by Cal/OSHA Regulations or the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) on each side of each bridge or passageway to protect pedestrians from hazards caused by construction operations or adjacent vehicular traffic. Railings or barricades, which border passageways located in roadway areas, shall be reflectorized on the side facing oncoming traffic.
ACCESS TO DRIVEWAYS, HOUSES AND BUILDINGS
Access and passable grades shall be maintained at all times for business establishments during construction. Safe and passable pedestrian, bicyclist, and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to fire hydrants, homes, commercial and industrial establishments. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved. Ramps and driveways shall not have “lips” or elevation differences greater than three-eighths of an inch (3/8”). When abutting property owner’s access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated, repaired, or 25 replaced under the Contract, the existing access shall not be closed until their replacement access facilities are completed and functional.
ERECTION OF SIGNS TO EXPEDITE PASSAGE OF VEHICLES
The Contractor shall erect such warning and directional signs as necessary or as directed by the Engineer for expediting the passage of public traffic through or around the Work and the approaches.
TRAFFIC OBSTRUCTIONS, DELAYS AND INCONVENIENCES
All public traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work zone unless during an Engineer approved closure, and the Contractor shall conduct operations that offer the least possible obstruction, delay, and inconvenience to the public.
WORK ON PRIVATE PROPERTY
The Contractor must obtain written permission from the owner of any privately owned property prior to beginning any work, storing materials or otherwise conducting any operations on said property. The written approval from the property owner must be on file with the Engineer before any operations will be permitted on said property.
HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS CREATED
Whenever the Contractor’s operations create a condition hazardous to pedestrians, bicyclists, or the traveling public, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s own expense, furnish, erect and maintain any fences, covers, temporary railing (Type K), barricades, lights, signs and other devices necessary or as directed by the Agency to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public or property.
If needed for public use, roadway excavation shall be conducted to maintain a smooth and even surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times. This includes creating a temporary AC conform between the proposed concrete roadway and existing conditions during each construction stage and the laying of temporary AC to facilitate temporary parking during construction as shown on the plans. The surface of the roadbed shall be kept in a smooth, even condition free of humps and depressions, satisfactory for the use of public traffic as determined by the Agency.
Temporary facilities that the Contractor uses to perform the Work or store or stage material or equipment shall not be installed or placed where they will interfere with the free and safe passage of public vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian traffic.
26 At the end of each working day if a difference in excess of 0.2 foot exists between the elevation of the existing pavement and the elevation of any excavation within 8 feet of the traveled way, material shall be placed and compacted against the vertical cuts adjacent to the traveled way.
During excavation operations, native material may be used for this purpose, however, once the placing of the structural section commences, structural material shall be used. The material shall be placed to the level of the elevation of the top of existing pavement and tapered at a slope of 4:1 or flatter to the bottom of the excavation. Full compensation for placing the material on a 4:1 slope, regardless of the number of times it is required, and subsequent removing or reshaping of the material to the lines and grades shown on the plans shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the material involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No payment will be made for material placed in excess of that required for the structural section.
Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.
Roadway excavation and the construction of embankments shall be conducted in such a manner as to provide a relatively smooth and even surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times.
Skid resistance steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadways and sidewalks at all times during construction.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall submit a site specific Traffic Control Plan to the Engineer at the preconstruction meeting in accordance with Section 6-10 of the Standard Specifications. Revisions to the plan shall be submitted five (5) days prior to work. A copy of the Traffic Control Plan shall be available on site at all times. The Traffic Control Plan shall be developed within the following parameters:
1. No work will be allowed if the Contractor does not adhere to these traffic control guidelines.
2. The Contractor shall provide continuous businesses access (for loading operations, pedestrian traffic and safety vehicles) during the businesses’ hours of operations. If two driveways access a single business, one driveway must remain open at all times. If a single driveway or loading dock access a business, half of the driveway must remain open at all times.
3. At least one lane of vehicular traffic must be maintained in each direction at all times unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Local access to businesses shall be provided at all times.
27 4. Working hours shall be between 8:30 AM and 4:00 PM Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
5. Weekend work from 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM may be approved by the Engineer.
6. The Contractor shall submit for approval, a written request to perform weekend work a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the weekend dates. If weekend work is approved, the additional cost of inspection shall be borne by the Contractor.
7. The Contractor shall furnish, install temporary stripes and maintain temporary construction warning signs, lighting, flaggers, barricades, striping and other devices necessary to safeguard the general public and the work, and to provide for the safe and proper routing of all vehicular and of pedestrian traffic within and through the limits of the projects during the construction. The requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours.
8. The Contractor shall maintain existing electrical facilities and traffic and public safety in accordance with Section 34 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
9. Except as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions, commercial driveways shall remain open at all times. The Contractor shall schedule the commercial driveways to be poured in two phases unless more than one driveway is available to the property.
The Contractor shall coordinate the driveway closure with property owners 5 calendar days in advance.
10. All work within public streets and/or roadway right-of-way shall be done in an expeditious manner so as to cause as little inconvenience to the traveling public as possible. Skid-resistant steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadway during non-working hours.
11. Loading access to businesses must be maintained at all times. Pedestrian access with ADA compliant path of travel must be provided and maintained.
12. All work is to be done in accordance with City of Sacramento noise ordinances, per Section 6 in the City Standard Specifications.
13. Prior to 8:30 A.M. and after 4:00 P.M Monday through Friday, public traffic must have access to the number of lanes normally available on all streets unless otherwise approved.
14. Ten calendar days (10) prior to roadway or lane closures, changeable message signs shall be placed where designated by the Engineer. Changeable message signs shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor The message on the changeable message sign shall be approved in writing by the 28 Engineer two days prior to installment on the roadway. If the Contractor fails to install changeable message signs per these guidelines, the Contractor shall pay TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2000) per day as liquidated damages, for each day the work is being performed.
15. Lane closures shall be in conformance with an approved traffic control plan.
16. Placement and removal of the temporary traffic stripes and markings (place 2-coat paint 4” wide white stripe and place 2-coat paint pavement marking) required in each stage of construction shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
17. Removal of any existing conflicting pavement stripes or makings shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
18. Relocation of roadway signs from their current location to a temporary location needed for stage construction and all sign relocations needs during construction including temporary barricades shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be awarded therefor.
Payment shall be the lump sum price bid for Traffic Control System. The work covered under this bid item shall include full compensation for all temporary traffic control devices, signage and pavement delineation, and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in developing and implementing a Traffic Control System, including all plan submittals and revisions, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
2.5 TREE TO REMOVE
Removal of trees greater than 6”, at those locations shown on the plans shall conform to Section 12 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with removing trees as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.6 SURVEY MONUMENT TO ADJUST TO GRADE
Monuments shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 38 (DWG. T-350) of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting 29 survey monument wells to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.7 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND GRADING
Excavation and grading shall conform to Section 14 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Excavation shall include sawcutting and removal of all asphalt concrete (AC), aggregate base (AB), Portland Cement Concrete (PCC), native material and soil to allow construction of improvements to the lines and grades shown on the Plans. This item shall include grading behind the proposed sidewalk necessary to match the existing grades and improvements.
This work shall include excavation and grading necessary to construct the proposed street section, ditch grading and ditches, median, curb, gutter, sidewalk, driveways, walkways and shall include finish grading to match the back of sidewalk to surrounding grade using a maximum 4:1 slope per the construction plans. This work shall include shaping and trimming of slopes, and the placement and compaction of excavated earth material to the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
Asphalt removal for pavement planing or base repair shall be paid under respective bid items. All other existing asphalt pavements to be removed shall be full depth saw-cut at the limits of removal as shown on the Plans and in accordance with Section 13 of the Standard Specifications.
Excess excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be deposited in a location and manner satisfactory to the Engineer. When any material is to be disposed of outside the right-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain written permission from the owner upon whose property the disposal is to be made before any material is deposited thereon.
The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to avoid damaging the curb and gutter lips, sidewalks, and planting areas during excavation operations. Gutter lips damaged by the Contractor which are spalled in excess of one inch (1") deep by five inches (5") long will be repaired at the Engineer's direction. The cost of repairs to damaged curb and gutter shall be considered as included in this item, and no separate payment shall be made therefore.
Payment shall be made based on the final pay quantity indicated on the Sealed Proposal and will not be recalculated in the field. Payment for fill grading shall be included in the unit bid price for this item and shall not be made separately.
Payment shall be based on final pay quantity per cubic yard and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with roadway excavation and grading as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.8 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 2 TO PLACE
Class 2 aggregate base shall be placed as shown on the Plans and conform to Sections 10 and 17 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 30 This item shall include placing Class 2 aggregate base in the pavement section, shoulder area, and under the proposed curb, gutter, sidewalk, medians, pedestrian island and driveways.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per ton based on the weight tickets and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing aggregate base Class 2 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.9 BASE REPAIR (8”)
Asphalt concrete type A, ¾” maximum aggregate (coarse) shall be used in the 8” sections where base repair is shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Sections 10 and 22 of the Standard Specifications.
The cost for saw cutting the asphalt concrete at conforms as shown on the plans, shall be full compensated into the unit cost for HMA and no separate or additional payment shall be made.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per ton based on the weight tickets and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.10 MICROSURFACING
Microsurfacing shall consist of mixing a polymer modified, cationic microsurfacing emulsion (MSE), aggregate, mineral filler, set-control additives, and water and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface where shown on the plans, in conformance with the provisions in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
Material:
The material for microsurfacing shall conform to the following requirements:
Microsurfacing Emulsion (MSE)
Microsurfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous and shall conform to the provisions of these special provisions. The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The MSE shall conform to the following requirements when tested in conformance with the following test methods:
Polymer Modified, Cationic Microsurfacing Emulsion (MSE) Specification Designation Test Method Requirement
Viscosity SSF @ 77 F AASHTO T 59 15-90 Seconds
31 Sieve, max. AASHTO T 59 0.30 Percent
Settlement, 5 days, max. ASTM D244 5 Percent
Storage Stability, 1 day, max. AASHTO T 59 1 Percent
Residue by Evaporation, min. California Test 331 62 Percent Specification Designation for Residue
Specification Designation Test Method Requirement
Penetration@ 77 F, 100g, 5s ,0.1mm AASHTO T 51 40-90
Softening Point F min. AASHTO T53 135
Water and Additives
Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the microsurfacing is placed on the pavement. If necessary for workability, a set-control agent that will not adversely affect the microsurfacing product may be used.
Mineral Filler
Mineral filler shall be Portland cement or hydrated lime that is free of lumps. Portland cement shall be either Type I, Type II, Type III or combination thereof. The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs. The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement.
Black Aggregate
The mineral aggregate used shall be of the type and grade specified for the particular use of the microsurfacing. Aggregate shall consist of sound, durable, crushed stone or crushed gravel and approved mineral filler. The material shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregates shall be 100% crushed material with no rounded particles. All aggregate shall be free of caked lumps and oversize particles.
The aggregate shall be volcanic in origin and black in color, as supplied by George Reed, Table Mountain Plant, Sonora, CA, or equal. The use of gray or light-colored aggregate shall not be allowed.
The aggregate, prior to the addition of emulsion shall conform to the requirements of this section. If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall meet the sand equivalency and abrasion resistance and shall be 100% crushed as tested in accordance with California Test 205. The definition of a crushed particle in California Test 205 Section D, is amended to read: “Any particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle.” The percentage composition by mass of the aggregate (including mineral filler) shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in conformance with California Test 202:
Type II
Sieve Size Percentage
Passing
3/8” 100
32 No. 4 94 - 100
No. 8 65 - 90
No. 16 40 - 70
No. 30 25 - 50
No. 200 5 – 15
The aggregate (excluding mineral filler) shall conform to the following quality requirements:
Test California Test Requirements
Sand Equivalent (min.) 217 70
Durability Index (min.) 229 75
Percentage of Crushed Particles (min.)¹ 205 100%
Los Angeles Rattler Loss at 500 Rev. (max.)² 211 35%
Notes: 1. CT205, Section D, is amended to read: "Any particle having 2 or more freshly, mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle."
2. Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the parent aggregate before crushing If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation, the microsurfacing represented by the test shall be removed. However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the microsurfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.00 per ton for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place.
If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement, the microsurfacing represented by the test shall be removed. However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the microsurfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.00 per ton for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place.
When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements, both payments to the City shall apply. The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor.
No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 303 tons or one day's production, whichever is smaller.
Mix Design:
At least 7 working days before the microsurfacing placement commences, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project.
The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory report. Individual materials shall be within the following limits:
Residual Asphalt 5.5% to 9.5% by dry mass of aggregate
Mineral Filler 0% to 3% by dry mass of aggregate
Additive As needed
Water As needed
33 Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions.
The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests. The proposed microsurfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests:
Test ISSA Test Method Requirements
Wet Cohesion
@ 30 Minute (Set) (min.)
@ 60 Minute (Traffic) (min.)
TB* 139 12 kg-cm
20 kg-cm
Excess Asphalt TB* 109 540 g/m2
Wet Stripping (min.) TB* 114 90%
Wet Track Abrasion 6-day Soak Loss (max.) TB* 100 810 g/m2 Displacement
Lateral (max.)
Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 125 lbs.
(max.)
TB* 147A 5%.
2.10 Classification Compatibility TB* 144 (AAA, BAA) 11 Grade Points
Mix Time @ 77°F TB* 113 Controllable to
120 Seconds
TB* = Technical Bulletin
The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report. The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these special provisions. The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate, filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), set control additive, and MSE solids content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate. The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M. Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous 12 months. The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in mineral filler, water, and additive proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for 60 seconds of mix time with materials heated to 100 °F. This 100 °F mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application.
The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the microsurfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project.
Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer, no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with the provisions of these specificatinos. Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer. 34 The completed mixture, after addition of water and set control agent, if used, shall be such that the microsurfacing mixture has proper workability. At the expiration of the road closure hours, in conformance with the provisions in "Maintaining Traffic" of these specifications, the microsurfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic.
Proportioning:
Aggregate, mineral filler, MSE, water, and additives, including the set-control agent, if used, shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer. If more than one kind of aggregate is used, the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately, prior to adding the other materials of the mixture, in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend.
The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate. The height of the gate opening shall be determinable. The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump. Variable rate emulsion pumps, if used, shall be calibrated and sealed in the pump's calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage.
The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 and in conformance with the provisions of these special provisions.
The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least three tons each. The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate checkrun shall be within 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 300 gallons each. The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 300 gallons each.
The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed.
A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level. The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 10°F.
The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill. The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow. A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder. The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted. The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain. To avoid erroneous 35 shutdown by normal fluctuation, a delay of 3 seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation.
Mixing and Spreading Equipment:
The microsurfacing shall be mixed in continuous pugmill mixers of adequate size and power for the type of microsurfacing to be placed. All indicators shall be in conformance with the provisions of these special provisions and shall be in working order prior to commencing mixing and spreading operations.
Mixer-spreader trucks shall be equipped to proportion the MSE, water, aggregate, mineral filler, and set-control additives by volume. Rotating and reciprocating equipment on mixer-spreader trucks shall be covered with metal guards.
The mixer-spreader truck shall not be operated unless low-flow and no-flow devices and revolution counters are in good working condition and functioning and metal guards are in place. Indicators required by these special provisions shall be visible while walking alongside the mixer-spreader truck.
Aggregate feeders shall be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump. The drive shaft of the aggregate feeder shall be equipped with a revolution counter reading to the nearest one-tenth of a revolution.
The microsurfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box conforming to the following requirements:
Spreader Box
The spreader box shall be capable of placing the microsurfacing a minimum of 12 feet wide and shall have strips of flexible rubber belting or similar material on each side of the spreader box and in contact with the pavement to prevent the loss of microsurfacing from the box. Spreader boxes over eight feet in application width shall have baffles, reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on superelevated sections and shoulder slopes. Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat. The spreader box in use shall be clean and free of microsurfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift.
The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box. The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel, stiff rubber or other suitable material. The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor. The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations, shall obtain the thickness required, and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform microsurfacing finished surface. The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the microsurfacing. The final strike-off device shall be cleaned or changed daily if problems with longitudinal scouring occur.
Flexible fabric drags attached to the rear of the spreader box shall not be used.
Preparation of Surface:
36 Immediately prior to applying the microsurfacing, the Contractor shall clean the street surface and lip of gutter joints of all loose material, silt spots, vegetation, and any other matter, which may adversely affect the adherence of the slurry to the existing pavement.
The Contractor shall remove thermoplastic stripes/markings, preformed traffic stripes/markings and raised pavement markers prior to microsurfacing operation. The cost of removal of all raised pavement markers including raised blue fire hydrant markers, all thermoplastic and preformed pavement stripes/markings shall be included in the removal of Thermoplastic Stripe and Pavement Markings bid items.
After the removal of thermoplastic stripe/markings, the contractor must seal all cracks within the limits of microsurfacing. The cost for crack sealing will be consider as part of the microsurfacing.
The Contractor shall be responsible for sweeping all streets with a mechanical power broom prior to sealing. The Engineer may require particularly dirty streets to be flushed with water. The Engineer must approve all flushing operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning sidewalks and driveways soiled by flushing operations.
The City shall remove and dispose of any garden refuse piles placed in the street.
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating, covering, removing, cleaning and protecting all utility covers, maintenance hole covers, water valve boxes, and any other utility covers. The methods of protection, referencing, locating, and cleaning shall be subject to approval by the Engineer prior to any resurfacing.
All protective coverings shall be removed from maintenance hole covers, water valve boxes, and other utility covers each day before opening the street to traffic. If the Contractor fails to protect utility covers or fails to remove all protective coverings within 3 working days of notification, the Contractor shall pay an administrative penalty of TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY ($250) per calendar day for each utility cover.
Existing blue fire hydrant locators shall be removed prior to placing of the microsurfacing. New "raised, blue dot, hydrant marking devices" shall be installed by the Contractor after the microsurfacing has been set for three (3) calendar days, but no later than seven (7) calendar days after placement of the microsurfacing. The Contractor shall place the new approved "blue dot, hydrant marking devices" with approved two-part epoxy adhesive per the instruction and at the locations determined by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to place the new “blue dot, hydrant marking devices” in the time period allowed, the Contractor shall pay an administrative penalty of TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY ($250) per calendar day for each blue dot not in place. The placing of the raised blue dots shall be paid for under “Pavement Markers” item of these Specifications.
Placing:
The microsurfacing mixture shall be uniformly spread on the existing surfacing within the rate specified without spotting, rehandling or otherwise shifting of the mixture. 37 The microsurfacing mixture shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 50 °F or during unsuitable weather. Microsurfacing shall not be placed if rain is imminent or if there is the possibility that there will be freezing temperatures within 24 hours.
Microsurfacing shall be spread at a rate within the following ranges of pound of dry aggregate per square yard.
Microsurfacing Type Location Spread Rate
Type II Full Traffic Width 10 - 20
Type III¹ Full Traffic Width 20 - 32
Type III² Full Traffic Width 30 - 32
Notes: 1. For microsurfacing over asphalt concrete pavement.
2. For microsurfacing over Portland cement concrete pavement and concrete bridge decks.
Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the traffic lanes. The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product.
Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only. Longitudinal joints common to 2 traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 3 inches. Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the microsurfacing. Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the microsurfacing will be allowed. Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage.
The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting. The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts, humps, depressions, or irregularities.
Adequate means shall be provided to protect the microsurfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the microsurfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles.
The Contractor shall be responsible for sweeping the streets and sidewalks where excessive raveling may occur after placing of microsurfacing, at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor is responsible for one sweep approximately one week after placement of microsurfacing and a final sweep approximately three to four weeks after placement of microsurfacing.
The Contractor is responsible for additional sweeping if requested by the Engineer. If additional sweeping is not performed within 24 hours of the engineer’s request, the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages of $300.00 per calendar day for each street requested.
Test Strip:
The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer. The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified. The test strip shall be 38 constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of microsurfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified.
The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable. If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable, the test strip will be rejected, the Contractor shall make modifications, and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer. The cost of materials and placement of the test strips, which have been rejected, shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work. If ordered by the Engineer, rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense.
Repair of Early Distress:
If bleeding, raveling, delamination, rutting, or wash boarding occurs after placing the microsurfacing, the Contractor shall diligently pursue repairs by any method approved by the Engineer.
Measurement and Payment:
Measurement for payment shall be taken from edge of pavement to edge of pavement, or from lip of the gutter to lip of gutter.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square yard and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals to perform all work involved in microsurfacing, as specified in these Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
2.11 PAVEMENT PLANING (2.5”)
Pavement planning (2.5”) shall be done in an approved manner by cold planing as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Section 22 of the Standard Specifications. Rubber-tired grinding machines will only be allowed with the Engineers permission and with the understanding that any damage done by the grinding machine to the existing asphalt pavement be repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
Contractor shall provide temporary lane delineation, including centerline (yellow) and/or lane lines (white), between the time of grinding operations and roadway paving. Temporary lane delineation shall consist of pavement markers, painted stripes or other means approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall obtain a hydrant permit from the City of Sacramento, Department of Utilities for each piece of equipment that requires water from a fire hydrant.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square yard and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in pavement planing as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.12 PAVEMENT PLANING (4.0”)
Pavement planning (4.0”) shall be done in an approved manner by cold planing as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Section 22 of the Standard Specifications. Rubber-tired grinding machines will only be allowed with the 39 Engineers permission and with the understanding that any damage done by the grinding machine to the existing asphalt pavement be repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
Contractor shall provide temporary lane delineation, including centerline (yellow) and/or lane lines (white), between the time of grinding operations and roadway paving. Temporary lane delineation shall consist of pavement markers, painted stripes or other means approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall obtain a hydrant permit from the City of Sacramento, Department of Utilities for each piece of equipment that requires water from a fire hydrant.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square yard and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in pavement planing as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.13 ASPHALT CONCRETE (3/4”) PAVEMENT TO PLACE
Asphalt concrete shall be Type A, 3/4” maximum aggregate (coarse) and shall be placed as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Sections 10 and 22 of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per ton based on the weight tickets and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.14 GAS VALVE TO ADJUST TO GRADE
Gas valve frame and covers shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting gas valves to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.15 ADJUST MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER TO GRADE
Existing maintenance holes shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 25 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The cost of adjusting a maintenance hole shall include any necessary lowering, temporarily removing, covering and raising the maintenance hole head to the grade of the new surface under this item. 40 If lowering is necessary, the Contractor shall verify that all lowered maintenance holes are raised back to grade by back checking against drawings. The Contractor shall perform field review with the Engineer to ensure all maintenance holes shown on the drawings have been raised to grade.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting sewer maintenance holes to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.16 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TO GRADE
Utility boxes and water valves shall be adjusted to grade and shall conform to applicable requirements of Sections 10, 27 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Included in this item is furnishing and placing new utility boxes and steel standpipes (risers) and liners as required and adjusting the utility boxes to grade.
The Contractor shall ensure that utility box covers and water valve covers are not covered with concrete coatings during paving operations. Standpipes shall be left clean and free of paving materials and debris. The valve-operating nut shall be left fully exposed after all paving operations have been completed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting water valves box to grade, as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.17 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1 TO CONSTUCT
Portland cement concrete curb and gutter type 1 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
The curb and gutter portion of the curb ramps and transitions to existing curb and gutter of a different type shall be paid for with this item of work.
The new concrete curb and gutter shall match existing improvements. The curb and gutter shall match existing color by adding one pound of lamp back per cubic yard of concrete.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb and gutter type 1 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
41 2.18 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1A TO CONSTRUCT
Portland cement concrete curb type 1A shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sacramento County’s 2024 Standard Construction Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb type 1A as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.19 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 TO CONSTRUCT
Portland cement concrete curb and gutter type 2 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
The curb and gutter portion of the curb ramps and transitions to existing curb and gutter of a different type shall be paid for with this item of work.
The new concrete curb and gutter shall match existing improvements. The curb and gutter shall match existing color by adding one pound of lamp back per cubic yard of concrete.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb and gutter type 2 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.20 CURB TYPE 3 TO CONSTRUCT
Portland cement concrete curb type 3 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb type 3 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.21 CURB TYPE 5 TO CONSTRUCT
Portland cement concrete curb type 5 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sacramento County’s 2024 Standard Construction Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved 42 in constructing curb type 5 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.22 4” PCC SIDEWALK TO CONSTRUCT
Portland cement concrete (PCC) sidewalk shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Sidewalks, driveways, walkway portions of curb ramps, and landings in islands are included in this bid item.
The sidewalk portion of the curb ramps shall be paid under this item of the proposal. The curb ramps shall be constructed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
The proposed sidewalk and curb ramp shall match the color and size of the existing sidewalk and walkway. The contractor may use Scofield Systems colors (www.scofield.com), Davis colors (www.daviscolors.com) or approved equal. The contractor shall submit to the Engineer two color samples of size not less than one-foot square for prior approval before construction.
If concrete curb, or curb and gutter, which is abutting concrete sidewalk, is poured separately (non-monolithically) then the Contractor shall construct a dowelled connection between the curb and sidewalk.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing 4" PCC sidewalk as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.23 TRUNCATED DOMES TO PLACE
Cast in place truncated domes shall be installed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 38 (DWG.T-78 and T-79) of the Standard Specifications.
Detectable Warning Tiles shall be Armor Tile, ADA Solutions or approved equal, as manufactured by Engineered Plastics Inc.: Product (#1) #ADA-C3648S-YW, Cast in Place, 36" x 48", Sound Amplifying, Color Federal Yellow, Product (#2) #ADA-S-3648-YW, Surface Applied, 36" x 48", Sound Amplifying, Color Federal Yellow or ADA Solutions Product (#1) # 3648IDPAV1Y, Cast in Place, 36" x 48", Sound Amplifying, Color Federal Yellow, Product (#2) # 3648IDRET1Y, Surface Applied, 36" x 48", Sound Amplifying, Color Federal Yellow.
Detectable Warning Tiles shall have a five (5) year written warranty.
Installation of detectable warnings shall be by manufacturer trained and certified individuals.
Detectable warning and installation shall have a five (5) year written warranty. 43 Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with installing cast in place truncated domes as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.24 MEASURE A SIGN TO PLACE
This item shall consist of manufacturing, furnishing and installing Measure A signs measuring 8’x5’ as shown on the Exhibit below. Sheeting Grade shall be ASTM Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed specifications designed to enhance nighttime visibility of traffic control signs and objects. Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed sheeting shall have a pre-coated adhesive protected by an easily removable liner.
Sign panel shall be aluminum conforming to 5052-H38. The sign panel shall be 0.08” thick.
The following design of the sign shall be:
1. Arial Black font
2. Color Palette
Black Font Color
Color Hex Code: #181717
Color RGB Code: R24 G23 B23
White Font Color
Color Hex Code: #FFFFFE
Color RGB Code: R255 G255 B254
Gold Background
Color Hex Code: #F9B928
Color RGB Code: R249 G185 B40
Green Background
Color Hex Code: #7BB13B
Color RGB Code: R123 G177 B59
The bottom of sign shall be installed a minimum of 7’ from adjacent ground. Sign posts shall be 4”x4” pressure treated wood and embedded in post holes with Class ‘B’ concrete.
A sign material and installation submittal must be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before fabrication and installation.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the sign.
The Contractor shall review the proposed sign location with the Engineer prior to installation. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed sign location in the field.
Upon completion of the project, the sign panel shall be protected from damage and returned to the Traffic Signs and Markings Section located at the City Corp Yard 5730 24th Street Building 9. All other material shall remain the property of the contractor. 44 Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each sign and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing traffic signs on existing posts or new post as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.25 TRAFFIC SIGN TO PLACE
This item shall consist of manufacturing, furnishing and installing traffic signs on existing posts or new posts shall be placed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 32 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. New posts will be paid by a separate item.
A sign material and installation submittal must be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before fabrication and installation.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the signs.
The Contractor shall review the proposed sign location with the Engineer and a supervisor from the City’s Traffic Signs and Markings section prior to installation of the sign. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed sign location in the field.
The Contractor shall use the sign sizes as shown in the State of California, Department of Transportation Traffic Manual, unless specified otherwise on the drawings.
Signs located at the side of the roadway shall have a minimum height of seven feet (7’) from the adjacent ground to the bottom of the sign, unless specified otherwise. The height of a combination 45 of signs in the median, such as an R7 with an R10, shall be 18 inches from the top of the island to the bottom of the lowest sign (R10) with a maximum one-inch separation between the two signs.
Each sign shall have the date of manufacture and a location number stenciled on the backside.
Location information shall consist of each sign having an individual number which will be recorded on a clean set of Plans during the sign installation and shall be turned in as part of the “Record Drawings”.
A. Sign Posts
A 5/16-inch diameter cap screw with a plated rubber backwasher against the face of the sign and elastic stop nuts shall be placed through the sign and post at both top and bottom of each sign. A “V” notched piped saddle, to support the sign, shall be placed between the sign and the post.
B. Signal and Street Light Poles
Place a ¾-inch stainless steel banded strap and appropriate hardware at both top and bottom of each sign.
C. Sheeting Grade
Sheeting Grade shall use ASTM Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed specifications designed to enhance nighttime visibility of traffic control signs and objects. Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed sheeting shall have a precoated adhesive protected by an easily removable liner.
D. Sign Material
All signs shall be aluminum panels conforming to 5052-H38. All road signs shall be 0.08” thick with the exception of street name signs which shall be 0.125” thick.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each sign and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing traffic signs on existing posts or new post as shown on Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.26 NEW POST TO INSTALL
This item shall consist of installing new posts for traffic signs where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 32 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the posts.
The Contractor shall review the proposed post location with the Engineer and a supervisor from the City’s Traffic Signs and Markings section prior to installation of the post. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed post location in the field.
All posts shall have a minimum resisting Moment of 400 foot-pounds. All posts shall be capped.
Post caps may be aluminum or galvanized steel. Bolts and miscellaneous metal hardware shall be galvanized or plated after fabrication in conformance with Section 75 “galvanizing” of the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 46 Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each post, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing new posts for traffic signs as shown on Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.27 SIGN TO REMOVE
Existing roadside signs shall be removed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Removed sign panels shall be salvaged and delivered to the City of Sacramento Traffic Sign and Markings Section at 5730 24st Street, Building 10, Sacramento, CA.
Existing roadside signs shall not be removed until replacement signs have been installed or until the existing signs are no longer required for the direction of public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in removing roadside signs as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.28 SIGN TO RELOCATE
Existing roadside signs shall be removed and relocated to the new locations shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Each roadside sign shall be installed at the new location on the same day that the sign is removed from its original location.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in relocating the roadside signs as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.29 MEDIAN NOSE DETAIL TO INSTALL
Median Detail shall be furnished and installed at the locations shown in the Plans, and shall conform with the plans, Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Existing median signs shall be reused. All reflectors shall be removed and replaced with new reflectors. If existing pole is in correct location per median detail, contractor may choose add extensions to existing poles in concrete median or replace with new poles set in concrete median.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in Median Detail to Install as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer
47 2.30 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS TO REMOVE
Thermoplastic and preformed traffic stripes (4”, 6”, 8”, 12”) shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by grinding. Grinding material left on the pavement as a result of removing traffic stripes shall be removed as the work progresses. Accumulations of grinding material, which might constitute a hazard to traffic, will not be permitted.
The striping and markings’ contractor shall be required to provide and submit to the Engineer a weekly schedule of work for each week showing a list of streets in order of performance at least one week prior to performing any work. A contact person and phone number of responsible parties shall be affixed to this list.
The Contractor shall place temporary markers prior to removing traffic control measures during the striping removal operation. Temporary markers shall be maintained until permanent striping is in place.
Measurement shall be by the linear foot of traffic stripe removed. No payment will be made for gaps in broken traffic stripes. Double center stripes shall be paid as two (2) four-inch stripes.
Twelve-inch traffic stripes are defined as both transverse and longitudinal lines, which include, but are not limited to, 12” limit lines, 12” crosswalks stripes, and 12” speed hump stripes. 24” limit lines shall be considered as two 12” stripes to remove.
The quantities of this item may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Thermoplastic and preformed pavement marking shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by grinding. Grinding material left on the pavement as a result of removing markings shall be removed as the work progresses. Accumulations of grinding material, which might constitute a hazard to traffic, will not be permitted.
The quantities of this item may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Pavement markings are defined as, but are not limited to, word and symbol markings, parking brackets, and “Ladder” crosswalks.
Payment shall be lump sum for remove thermoplastic striping and pavement marking and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with removing traffic stripes and pavement markings as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer
48 2.31 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS TO PLACE
Preformed thermoplastic stripe and pavement markings, both white and yellow, shall be constructed on asphalt and asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to AASHTO M249-79(98) and the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the City Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Measurement shall be per lump sum to install all striping, pavement markings and marker shown on plans and in accordance with Caltrans Standard Detail A20A. For example, a Detail 22 includes two solid stripes and 2 markers every 24’. The measurement per lump sum would include the placement of both the stripes and markers, including the blue markers that must be placed in front of fire hydrants, and all pavement markings not covered under a separate bid item, and no additional payment would be made therefor.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per lump sum for placement of thermoplastic pavement stripes and markers, thermoplastic pavement markings and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in the placement of such as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.32 FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR (TYPE K-71)
Flexible delineators (Type K-71) shall be furnished and installed at the locations shown in the Plans and as directed by the Engineer, and shall conform with Section 32 of the Standard Specifications section 81 & 82 of the State Standard Specifications, the 2014 California Manual for Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and these Special Provisions.
Installation of flexible delineators, type K-71 or approved equal, shall be surface mounted per manufacturer’s recommendation with the approval of the Engineer.
Flexible delineators shall be of color to match correlated striping and have 2-way reflectivity.
Flexible delineators shall be 6-9” diameter and 28”-33” height, depending on manufacturer’s standard sizes. All delineators to be used on the project shall be from the same manufacturer and uniform in size and color.
Contractor shall submit to Engineer, for approval, the manufacturer’s specification of the flexible delineator. Flexible delineators shall not be placed on the project prior to approval by the Engineers of the manufacturer’s specifications submitted by the contractor.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each for Flexible Delineator (Type K-71) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and placing, complete in place, including adhesives, and establishing alignment for flexible delineator, as shown on the plans, as specified in the State Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. 49 2.33 COLORED PAVEMENT FOR BIKE LANES (GREEN)
Colored Pavement for Bike Lanes (Green) shall be placed where shown on the plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the City Standard Specifications, Sections 84 of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The quantities of colored pavement for bike lanes may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet the existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square feet of green colored pavement material placed, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with placing colored pavement for bike lanes as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.34 INSTALL 3M TAPE STRIPING
Contractor shall use 3M Scotch-Lane A200 Pavement Marking System (reflective raised pavement marker on reflective traffic line tape), manufactured by 3M Company, Highway Safety Products, 1010 Hurley Way, Suite 300, Sacramento, CA 95825, phone (916) 924-9605.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each for placement of tape striping and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in the placement of such as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.35 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND MACK ROAD The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Contractor shall provide and install new pull boxes, conduit, conductors, detector lead-in cables, detector handholes, detector loops, and pull rope and other equipment listed in these special provisions and specified in the planset. Construction work also includes removing conductors, cables, pull boxes and abandoning conduits and detector loops.
Pushbutton and Post
Contractor shall also provide and install pedestrian pushbuttons and pedestrian posts with foundations as shown in the plans and specified in these Special Provisions. The pushbutton shall be manufactured by Polara Enterprises: Polara 2 Wire iDS29UB1-Y PPB w/iDetect.
Contractor shall have a Polara Enterprise representative program the pushbutton. Contractor shall make all wire and conduit connections for a fully functional system.
Traffic Signal Display
50 Contractor shall remove and dispose of existing traffic signal displays and mounting brackets.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal displays and mounting brackets. Traffic signal displays shall be 12” LED with clear lens (not tinted), tunnel louvers, backplates with 2 inch retroreflective yellow border by 3M corporation, mounting brackets, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions to ensure a complete installation and functioning traffic signal system. Contractor shall also provide and install new 2 inch retroreflective yellow border on all existing traffic signal displays to remain. Contractor shall weld new tenon on traffic signal arm as indicated on planset for new traffic signal display. In addition to the new tenon, Contractor shall provide new conductors for the new display to the traffic signal cabinet.
Cabinet and Controller Type R and ATC EX2
Contractor shall remove and salvage existing traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall disconnect all conductors and cables. The existing video detection system, CCTV and GPS EV, detector loops, fiber optic cables, fiber patch panel, vehicle display and pedestrian cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors shall be disconnected and re-installed into new cabinet.
Contractor shall provide and install a new traffic signal cabinet Type R TS2 Type 1 and McCain ATC EX2 (NEMA) TS2 Type 2 controller with Fourth Dimension D4 traffic signal controller software, surge suppressor (Tripplite, model ISOBAR6ULTRA), Cisco Model IE-2000 network switch with power supply and Small Form Factor Pluggable Modules, and all auxiliary devices as indicated on the plans and these specifications.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal cabinet on existing foundation. Contractor re-connect all vehicle and pedestrian display conductors, detector lead-in cables, fiber optic cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors that were disconnected from existing cabinet (removed by contractor) to the new cabinet. Contractor shall make all conductor and cable connections for a fully functional traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall extend new conduits and conductors into the new traffic signal cabinet.
Work also includes the Traffic Signal turn-on process.
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions. The City of Sacramento will provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
Video Detection
Contractor shall disconnect the existing video detection system and re-install into new cabinet.
Contractor’s representative from Econolite shall be on-site to disconnect and configure the video detection system. The detection zones shall be programmed as shown on the planset. The video detection system shall be configured by the Contractor to detect vehicles and bicycles. The system 51 shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller. In general, the Contractor shall perform the following, in addition to the work shown on the planset and these specifications:
1) Disconnect existing video detection system from existing cabinet. 2) Re-install the video detection equipment in the cabinet. 3) Re-install the Vision Comm Manager.
4) Contractor to install power to all equipment
5) Terminate the video detection cable on the Vision Comm manager, Install Cat 5 Ethernet cable between the Vision Comm Manager and network switch and traffic signal controller, and Install SDLC cable between the Vision Comm Manager and traffic signal controller. 6) Re-configure the video detection system with the zones shown on the planset to detect vehicles and bicycles.
GPS EV
Contractor shall disconnect the existing GPS EV and re-install into new cabinet. Contractor to relocate GPS EV equipment to new cabinet. A representative from the GPS emergency vehicle company shall re-configure the system.
CCTV
Contractor shall provide and install a new CCTV Camera system and all components as specified in these Specifications and Plans. Contractor to provide and install new Category 6 outdoor rated communication cable thru new and existing conduits, pull boxes, and into the traffic signal cabinet. Contractor to provide and install new mounting hardware for the CCTV. CCTV camera shall be installed on the mastarm or shaft of the traffic signal standard, as specified in the Planset. CCTV camera system shall include the Axis Multidirectional Panoramic IP Camera, High Power PoE Mid-Span power injector, outdoor rated Cat 6 cable, mounting brackets for the traffic signal shaft and mastarm applications, and all connectors. Final termination of CCTV shall occur when the replacement traffic signal is fully operational. Work also includes removing and salvaging existing CCTV camera.
FIBER
Contractor shall disconnect existing fiber optic cable from the existing traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall remove existing fiber patch panel. Contractor shall re-install the fiber patch panel into the new traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall re-connect the fiber optic cable to the fiber patch panel.
SIGNAL PHASING
Contractor shall re-wire the cabinet with the phasing indicated on the Phase Diagram.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction. 52 Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.36 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND BOYCE DRIVE The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Contractor shall provide and install new pull boxes, conduit, conductors, detector lead-in cables, detector handholes, detector loops, and pull rope and other equipment listed in these special provisions and specified in the planset. Construction work also includes removing conductors, cables, pull boxes and abandoning conduits.
Pushbutton and Post
Contractor shall also provide and install pedestrian pushbuttons and pedestrian posts with foundations as shown in the plans and specified in these Special Provisions. The pushbutton shall be manufactured by Polara Enterprises: Polara 2 Wire iDS29UB1-Y PPB w/iDetect.
Contractor shall have a Polara Enterprise representative program the pushbutton. Contractor shall make all wire and conduit connections for a fully functional system.
Traffic Signal Display
Contractor shall remove and dispose of existing traffic signal displays and mounting brackets.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal displays and mounting brackets. Traffic signal displays shall be 12” LED with clear lens (not tinted), tunnel louvers, backplates with 2 inch retroreflective yellow border by 3M corporation, mounting brackets, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions to ensure a complete installation and functioning traffic signal system. Contractor shall also provide and install new 2 inch retroreflective yellow border on all existing traffic signal displays to remain. Contractor shall weld new tenon on traffic signal arm as indicated on planset for new traffic signal display. In addition to the new tenon, Contractor shall provide new conductors for the new display to the traffic signal cabinet.
Cabinet and Controller Type R and ATC EX2
Contractor shall remove and salvage existing traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall disconnect all conductors and cables. The existing CCTV and GPS EV, detector loops, fiber patch panel, fiber optic cables, vehicle display and pedestrian cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors shall be disconnected and re-installed into new cabinet.
Contractor shall provide and install a new traffic signal cabinet Type R TS2 Type 1 and McCain ATC EX2 (NEMA) TS2 Type 2 controller with Fourth Dimension D4 traffic signal controller software, surge suppressor (Tripplite, model ISOBAR6ULTRA), Cisco Model IE-2000 network switch with power supply and Small Form Factor Pluggable Modules, and all auxiliary devices as indicated on the plans and these specifications.
53 Contractor shall install new traffic signal cabinet on existing foundation. Contractor re-connect all vehicle and pedestrian display conductors, detector lead-in cables, fiber optic cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors that were disconnected from existing cabinet (removed by contractor) to the new cabinet. Contractor shall make all conductor and cable connections for a fully functional traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall extend new conduits and conductors into the new traffic signal cabinet.
Work also includes the Traffic Signal turn-on process.
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions. The City of Sacramento will provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
Video Detection
Contractor shall provide and install the following video detection equipment: Autoscope Vision Video Detection Camera, Econolite 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, Econolite Video Detection Cable (3-wire), Vision Comm Manager, SDLC Cables, and Ethernet Cables. An Econolite Representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Video Detection System at no additional cost to the City. The video detection system shall be configured by the Contractor to detect vehicles and bicycles. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller. In general, the Contractor shall perform the following, in addition to the work shown on the planset and these specifications: a) Provide and Install the video detection camera on the traffic signal mastarms with the 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, b) Provide and Install the video detection cable from the video detection camera thru the mastarm, conduits, pull boxes, to traffic signal controller. No splices between the camera and traffic signal controller, c) Provide and Install the Vision Comm Manager. Contractor to install power to all equipment, d) Terminate the video detection cable on the Vision Comm manager, e) Provide and Install Cat 5 Ethernet cable between the Vision Comm Manager and network switch and traffic signal controller, and f) Provide and Install SDLC cable between the Vision Comm Manager and traffic signal controller.
GPS EV
Contractor shall disconnect the existing GPS EV and re-install into new cabinet. Contractor to relocate GPS EV equipment to new cabinet. A representative from the GPS emergency vehicle company shall re-configure the system.
CCTV
54 Contractor shall provide and install a new CCTV Camera system and all components as specified in these Specifications and Plans. Contractor to provide and install new Category 6 outdoor rated communication cable thru new and existing conduits, pull boxes, and into the traffic signal cabinet. Contractor to provide and install new mounting hardware for the CCTV. CCTV camera shall be installed on the mastarm or shaft of the traffic signal standard, as specified in the Planset. CCTV camera system shall include the Axis Multidirectional Panoramic IP Camera, High Power PoE Mid-Span power injector, outdoor rated Cat 6 cable, mounting brackets for the traffic signal shaft and mastarm applications, and all connectors. Final termination of CCTV shall occur when the replacement traffic signal is fully operational. Work also includes removing and salvaging existing CCTV camera.
FIBER
Contractor shall disconnect existing fiber optic cable from the existing traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall remove existing fiber patch panel. Contractor shall re-install the fiber patch panel into the new traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall re-connect the fiber optic cable to the fiber patch panel.
SIGNAL PHASING
Contractor shall re-wire the cabinet with the phasing indicated on the Phase Diagram.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.37 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND BROOKFIELD DRIVE
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Contractor shall provide and install new pull boxes, conduit, conductors, detector lead-in cables, detector handholes, detector loops, and pull rope and other equipment listed in these special provisions and specified in the planset. Construction work also includes removing conductors, cables, pull boxes and abandoning conduits and detector loops.
Pushbutton and Post
Contractor shall also provide and install pedestrian pushbuttons and pedestrian posts with foundations as shown in the plans and specified in these Special Provisions. The pushbutton 55 shall be manufactured by Polara Enterprises: Polara 2 Wire iDS29UB1-Y PPB w/iDetect.
Contractor shall have a Polara Enterprise representative program the pushbutton. Contractor shall make all wire and conduit connections for a fully functional system.
Traffic Signal Display
Contractor shall provide and install new 2 inch retroreflective yellow border on all existing traffic signal displays to remain.
Cabinet and Controller Type R and ATC EX2
Contractor shall remove and salvage existing traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall disconnect all conductors and cables. The existing video detection system, CCTV and GPS EV, detector loops, fiber patch panel, fiber optic cables, vehicle display and pedestrian cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors shall be disconnected and re-installed into new cabinet.
Contractor shall provide and install a new traffic signal cabinet Type R TS2 Type 1 and McCain ATC EX2 (NEMA) TS2 Type 2 controller with Fourth Dimension D4 traffic signal controller software, surge suppressor (Tripplite, model ISOBAR6ULTRA), Cisco Model IE-2000 network switch with power supply and Small Form Factor Pluggable Modules, and all auxiliary devices as indicated on the plans and these specifications.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal cabinet on existing foundation. Contractor re-connect all vehicle and pedestrian display conductors, detector lead-in cables, fiber optic cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors that were disconnected from existing cabinet (removed by contractor) to the new cabinet. Contractor shall make all conductor and cable connections for a fully functional traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall extend new conduits and conductors into the new traffic signal cabinet.
Work also includes the Traffic Signal turn-on process.
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions. The City of Sacramento will provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
Video Detection
Contractor shall disconnect the existing video detection system and re-install into new cabinet.
Contractor’s representative from Econolite shall be on-site to disconnect and configure the video detection system. The detection zones shall be programmed as shown on the planset. The video detection system shall be configured by the Contractor to detect vehicles and bicycles. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City 56 of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller. In general, the Contractor shall perform the following, in addition to the work shown on the planset and these specifications:
1) Disconnect existing video detection system from existing cabinet. 2) Re-install the video detection equipment in the cabinet. 3) Re-install the Vision Comm Manager.
4) Contractor to install power to all equipment
5) Terminate the video detection cable on the Vision Comm manager, Install Cat 5 Ethernet cable between the Vision Comm Manager and network switch and traffic signal controller, and Install SDLC cable between the Vision Comm Manager and traffic signal controller. 6) Re-configure the video detection system with the zones shown on the planset to detect vehicles and bicycles.
GPS EV
Contractor shall disconnect the existing GPS EV and re-install into new cabinet. Contractor to relocate GPS EV equipment to new cabinet. A representative from the GPS emergency vehicle company shall re-configure the system.
CCTV
Contractor shall provide and install a new CCTV Camera system and all components as specified in these Specifications and Plans. Contractor to provide and install new Category 6 outdoor rated communication cable thru new and existing conduits, pull boxes, and into the traffic signal cabinet. Contractor to provide and install new mounting hardware for the CCTV. CCTV camera shall be installed on the mastarm or shaft of the traffic signal standard, as specified in the Planset. CCTV camera system shall include the Axis Multidirectional Panoramic IP Camera, High Power PoE Mid-Span power injector, outdoor rated Cat 6 cable, mounting brackets for the traffic signal shaft and mastarm applications, and all connectors. Final termination of CCTV shall occur when the replacement traffic signal is fully operational. Work also includes removing and salvaging existing CCTV camera.
FIBER
Contractor shall disconnect existing fiber optic cable from the existing traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall remove existing fiber patch panel. Contractor shall re-install the fiber patch panel into the new traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall re-connect the fiber optic cable to the fiber patch panel.
SIGNAL PHASING
Contractor shall re-wire the cabinet with the phasing indicated on the Phase Diagram.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction. 57 Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.38 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND CREEKS
EDGE WAY
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Contractor shall provide and install new video detection system, pull boxes, conduit, conductors, detector lead-in cables, detector handholes, detector loops, and pull rope and other equipment listed in these special provisions and specified in the planset. Construction work also includes removing conductors, cables, pull boxes and abandoning conduits.
Traffic Signal Post
Contractor shall provide and install the traffic signal pole (1B) as indicated on the plans with a new foundation.
Pushbutton and Post
Contractor shall also provide and install pedestrian pushbuttons and pedestrian posts with foundations as shown in the plans and specified in these Special Provisions. The pushbutton shall be manufactured by Polara Enterprises: Polara 2 Wire iDS29UB1-Y PPB w/iDetect.
Contractor shall have a Polara Enterprise representative program the pushbutton. Contractor shall make all wire and conduit connections for a fully functional system.
Traffic Signal Display
Contractor shall remove and dispose of existing traffic signal displays and mounting brackets.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal displays and mounting brackets. Traffic signal displays shall be 12” LED with clear lens (not tinted), tunnel louvers, backplates with 2 inch retroreflective yellow border by 3M corporation, mounting brackets, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions to ensure a complete installation and functioning traffic signal system. Contractor shall also provide and install new 2 inch retroreflective yellow border on all existing traffic signal displays to remain. Contractor shall weld new tenon on traffic signal arm as indicated on planset for new traffic signal display. In addition to the new tenon, Contractor shall provide new conductors for the new display to the traffic signal cabinet.
Cabinet and Controller Type R and ATC EX2
Contractor shall remove and salvage existing traffic signal cabinet. Contractor shall disconnect all conductors and cables. The CCTV and 3M Opticom, detector loops, vehicle display and pedestrian cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors shall be disconnected and reinstalled into new cabinet. 58 Contractor shall provide and install a new traffic signal cabinet Type R TS2 Type 1 and McCain ATC EX2 (NEMA) TS2 Type 2 controller with Fourth Dimension D4 traffic signal controller software, surge suppressor (Tripplite, model ISOBAR6ULTRA), Cisco Model IE-2000 network switch with power supply and Small Form Factor Pluggable Modules, fiber patch panel, and all auxiliary devices as indicated on the plans and these specifications.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal cabinet on existing foundation. Contractor re-connect all vehicle and pedestrian display conductors, detector lead-in cables, fiber optic cables, power cables, and all other cables/conductors that were disconnected from existing cabinet (removed by contractor) to the new cabinet. Contractor shall make all conductor and cable connections for a fully functional traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall extend new conduits and conductors into the new traffic signal cabinet.
Work also includes the Traffic Signal turn-on process.
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions. The City of Sacramento will provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
Video Detection
Contractor shall provide and install the following video detection equipment: Autoscope Vision Video Detection Camera, Econolite 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, Econolite Video Detection Cable (3-wire), Vision Comm Manager, SDLC Cables, and Ethernet Cables. An Econolite Representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Video Detection System at no additional cost to the City. The video detection system shall be configured by the Contractor to detect vehicles and bicycles. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller. In general, the Contractor shall perform the following, in addition to the work shown on the planset and these specifications: a) Provide and Install the video detection camera on the traffic signal mastarms with the 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, b) Provide and Install the video detection cable from the video detection camera thru the mastarm, conduits, pull boxes, to traffic signal controller. No splices between the camera and traffic signal controller, c) Provide and Install the Vision Comm Manager. Contractor to install power to all equipment, d) Terminate the video detection cable on the Vision Comm manager, e) Provide and Install Cat 5 Ethernet cable between the Vision Comm Manager and network switch and traffic signal controller, and f) Provide and Install SDLC cable between the Vision Comm Manager and traffic signal controller.
3M Opticom
59 Contractor shall disconnect the existing 3M Opticom and re-install into new cabinet. Contractor to relocate 3M Opticom equipment to new cabinet. A representative from the 3M Opticom company shall re-configure the system.
CCTV
Contractor shall provide and install a new CCTV Camera system and all components as specified in these Specifications and Plans. Contractor to provide and install new Category 6 outdoor rated communication cable thru new and existing conduits, pull boxes, and into the traffic signal cabinet. Contractor to provide and install new mounting hardware for the CCTV. CCTV camera shall be installed on the mastarm or shaft of the traffic signal standard, as specified in the Planset. CCTV camera system shall include the Axis Multidirectional Panoramic IP Camera, High Power PoE Mid-Span power injector, outdoor rated Cat 6 cable, mounting brackets for the traffic signal shaft and mastarm applications, and all connectors. Final termination of CCTV shall occur when the replacement traffic signal is fully operational. Work also includes removing and salvaging existing CCTV camera.
SIGNAL PHASING
Contractor shall re-wire the cabinet with the phasing indicated on the Phase Diagram.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.39 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION AT FRANKLIN BLVD AND SHINING
STAR DRIVE (COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO STANDARDS)
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
All construction work and contractor supplied materials for Franklin Blvd and Shining Star Drive shall be constructed and manufactured to County of Sacramento standards.
Contractor shall provide and install new pull boxes, conduit, conductors and other equipment listed per County of Sacramento standards. Work also includes removing conductors, cables, pull boxes and abandoning conduits.
Pushbutton and Post
Contractor shall also provide and install pedestrian pushbuttons and pedestrian posts with foundations per County of Sacramento standards. Contractor shall have a Polara Enterprise 60 representative to the program the pushbutton. Contractor shall make all wire and conduit connections for a fully functional system.
Traffic Signal Display
Contractor shall remove and dispose of existing traffic signal displays and mounting brackets.
Contractor shall install new traffic signal displays and mounting brackets. Traffic signal displays shall have 12” faces and be manufactured by Dialight Long Life XL15 LED traffic signal balls with clear lenses or Dialight 12” long life XOD15 LED Omni-Arrows with clear lenses. Warranty for 15 years. Backplates and louvers to meet County of Sacramento standards. Backplates shall be equipped with retroreflective yellow border by 3M corporation.
Contractor shall also provide and install new 2 inch retroreflective yellow border on all existing traffic signal displays to remain.
Cabinet and Controller
Contractor shall disconnect all conductors and cables. County of Sacramento to provide TS-2 cabinet and 2070 controller. Contractor to pickup cabinet and controller at County Corporation Yard. Contractor to install new cabinet assembly on existing foundation. Contractor shall reconnect all vehicle and pedestrian display conductors, power cables, and all other cables/conductors that were disconnected from existing cabinet (removed by contractor) to the new cabinet. Contractor shall make all conductor and cable connections for a fully functional traffic signal cabinet. All work shall be performed to County of Sacramento Standards and to the satisfaction of the County Engineer representative. Contractor to provide and install fiber patch panel into new cabinet. Work also includes the Traffic Signal turn-on process.
Video Detection
Contractor shall provide and install the following video detection equipment: Iteris Vector Next Sensors, Iteris Next Camera Sensor, Iteris Sensor Input Shelf Mount CCU, Pelco Camera brackets, 10” monitor and bracket, 15-25 PIN TS2-2070ATC Cable and Cat 53 outdoor cable and other materials listed on the planset and these specifications.
An Iteris representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Detection System at no additional cost to the City. The detection system shall be configured to County of Sacramento standards.
Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption
Contractor shall disconnect the existing emergency vehicle pre-emption and re-install into new cabinet.
SIGNAL PHASING
Contractor shall re-wire the cabinet with the phasing indicated on the Phase Diagram.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction. 61 Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.40 FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION ON FRANKLIN BLVD
FROM MACK ROAD TO A PARKWAY
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the fiber optic installation and modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Work includes providing and installing new fiber optic cables and tracer wire in existing and new conduits, terminating the fiber optic cables in traffic signal cabinet and splicing in fiber splice cases in pull box as indicated on the planset. Contractor to provide fiber splice cases, fiber patch panels, conduit, and pull boxes and all incidentals for a complete and functioning fiber optic system.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
2.41 FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION ON FRANKLIN BLVD
FROM EAST PARKWAY TO FLORIN ROAD AND MUNSON WAY
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the fiber optic installation and modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Work includes providing and installing new fiber optic cables and tracer wire in existing and new conduits, terminating the fiber optic cables in traffic signal cabinet and splicing in fiber splice cases in pull box as indicated on the planset. Contractor to provide fiber splice cases, fiber patch panels, conduit, and pull boxes and all incidentals for a complete and functioning fiber optic system.
Work also includes installing conduit and fiber optic cabling on bridge deck median island on Franklin Blvd above Morrison Creek. Modification to the median island includes removing concrete island as indicated in the planset, installing conduits, and installing new concrete to reconstruct the median island.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. 62 2.42 RAISED REFLECTICE BLUE MARKERS TO PLACE
Raised pavement markers shall be furnished and placed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with placing pavement markers as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
3. ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS WHICH APPLY TO ALL ELECTRICAL
ITEMS
3.1 CITY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED
All City of Sacramento equipment to be salvaged shall be returned to the City of Sacramento Corporation Yard. The City has two corporation yards: Corporate Center South, 5730 24th Street, Building 11, Sacramento, California and the Corporate Center North, 918 Del Paso Road, Sacramento, California. Contractor is responsible to provide machinery and manpower to unload and load all salvaged equipment. Loading, unloading, pick-up, and delivery of these items will be considered included in the price bid for various items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The Contractor shall schedule the delivery of salvaged equipment with the City Inspector.
Equipment drop-off shall be done in the presence of the City Inspector or his designated representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of all City salvaged equipment.
3.2 CONDUIT MATERIAL
JM Eagle and PW Eagle are not acceptable conduit materials.
A. General – Schedule 40
Conduit to be installed underground shall be Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or Schedule 40 polyethylene conduit as described herein unless otherwise indicated or specified. PVC conduit shall comply with the specifications in Section 34-11 of the City Standard Specifications. Highdensity polyethylene conduit shall comply with the following specifications:
Conduit shall be fabricated from polyethylene shall be in conformance with applicable ASTM and NEMA standards and Article 347 of the National Electrical Code. Non-black polyethylene conduit shall contain not less than 2500 parts per million (ppm) of a hindered amain ultraviolet light stabilizer. Ultraviolet stabilization additive for black polyethylene conduit shall consist of a carbon black loading of 2.5% 0.5% by weight.
63 Conduit shall be manufactured from high-density polyethylene resin designated as Type III, Category 5, Class C, Grade P34 material in accordance with ASTM D1248.
Duct seal shall be installed on all conduits.
All new conduits starting/terminating in pull boxes shall have End Bells.
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit
HDPE conduit shall be manufactured to UL 651A specifications, compliant with NEC Article 353, and Schedule 40, unless otherwise specified. HDPE conduit shall have high tensile strength-toweight ratio, crush resistance, low coefficient of friction for directional drilling.
3.3 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
Conduit installation shall be in accordance with Section 34-11 of the Standard Specifications and as modified by these Special Provisions. “Jet-rodding” is not permitted.
Conduits terminating in pull boxes, standards, pedestals and cabinets shall rise vertically and shall not slope in any direction. Conduits terminating in standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall terminate one and one-half inches (1½") above finished grade. Conduits shown on the Plans to be adjacent and parallel to each other shall be installed in the same trench or drill hole unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer. Under the sidewalk, conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than eighteen inches (18”) below the sidewalk grade.
Conduits shall be installed by trenching or directional drilling method.
All applicable requirements in these Special Provisions to locate, and to protect existing utilities, utility laterals, obstructions, and other facilities in the area shall be conformed to and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Contractor is responsible for any damage and the repair of any existing facilities damaged by his/her trenching or drilling operations. Contractor is responsible for any potholing necessary and cost for potholing shall also be included in price paid for applicable items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. All trenching or drilling work shall be contained within the City right-of-way. If utilities or other obstacles are encountered at the specified conduit depth, any additional drilling required to avoid the obstacle shall be made at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Location of trenching and drill holes shall take into consideration minimal impact to the street pavement while still meeting the requirements of these Special Provisions.
Contractor shall replace roadway striping and markings with same material if damaged by directional drilling, bore pits, potholes, or trenching. Replacement striping and markings shall be thermoplastic or paint, per the City of Sacramento Standards.
Contractor shall use the following PVC pipe cement to join conduits and fittings: Premier Cement PVC All Temperature One Step Blue or Christy’s Red Hot Blue Glue for Schedule 80 thru 4” diameter.
64 A. Trenching Method
Installation of conduit by trenching shall be in conformance with the Plans and these Special Provisions. See plan sheets for trench details. Trenches shall be backfilled or covered at the end of each work day. All conduit installed by trenching shall be anchored every 15 feet to the bottom of the trench, with an approved method, so as to prevent the conduit from floating when the concrete is backfilled into the trench.
1. Trenches in reconstructed roadways shall be backfilled with slurry portland cement per cubic yard and fine type aggregate as defined in the Standard Specifications Section 10-5. A red oxide in the amount of 5 lbs. per cubic yard shall be mixed uniformly throughout the slurry cement. See plan sheets for amount of sack slurry and depth of conduit(s).
2. Trenches in existing roadways shall use the “T-Trench” method. The portion over the trench shall be paved with asphalt concrete, Type A with ¾” aggregate (coarse); except on residential streets where the base course shall be Type A, ¾” aggregate (coarse) and surface coarse shall be Type B, ½” aggregate, (medium), per Section 22 of the City Standard Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
See plan sheets for width and thickness of asphalt concrete over trench. Trenches shall be backfilled with slurry portland cement per cubic yard and fine type aggregate as defined in the Standard Specifications Section 10. A red oxide in the amount of 5 lbs. per cubic yard shall be mixed uniformly throughout the slurry cement. See plan sheets for amount of sack slurry.
B. Directional Drilling Method
Installation of conduit by directional drilling shall be in conformance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
Conduits shall be installed such that the top of the conduit(s) are not less than eighteen inches (18”) below the finished grade in sidewalk areas and not less than thirty inches (30”) in all other areas except as otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer.
Prior to the start of directional drilling, the Contractor shall submit a plan which identifies location and size of proposed drill holes, describes process for identifying/locating existing utility services and other underground utilities or obstructions, identifies a proposed “drilling corridor” to avoid conflicts with existing utilities, services and other facilities. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to the start of work. The Contractor will not be allowed to directional drill until an approved plan is on file with the Engineer Directional drilling shall be performed by the technique of creating and directing a bore hole along a predetermined path to a specified targeted location where indicated on the plans to install conduits. The technique shall involve the use of mechanical and hydraulic equipment to change 65 the boring course and shall use instrumentation to monitor the location and orientation of the boring head assembly along the predetermined course. Drilling shall be accomplished with fluidassisted mechanical cutting. Unless otherwise approved, boring fluids shall be a mixture of bentonite and water or polymers and additives. Bentonite sealants and water will be used to lubricate the drilling head. It is mandatory that minimum pressures and flow rates be used during drilling operations so as not to fracture the subgrade material around and/or above the bore.
Uncontrolled jetting (where the primary purpose is to use fluid force to erode soil for creation of the final bore hold diameter) is prohibited. The drilling system shall utilize small-diameter fluid jets to fracture, and mechanical cutters to cut and excavate the soil as the head advances forward.
All drilling shall be located a minimum of three feet (3’) from the center of all existing maintenance holes. Drilling that run parallel to any sanitary sewer or storm drainage lines shall maintain a minimum clearance of three feet (3’) measured from the centerline of the sewer or drainage line to the adjacent side of the drill hole. Drilling that crosses any sewer or drainage line shall cross at 90 degrees to the line or at a minimum of 45 degrees if a 90 degree crossing is not possible.
3.4 CONDUCTORS
Conductors shall be in accordance with Section 34-13 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
1. If the existing ground wire (green 1#10 THW) is used as a pullwire, a new ground wire shall be pulled with the new conductors or cables, unless otherwise specified.
2. Unless otherwise noted, insulation Types THHN and THWN are not approved for installation.
3. The electrolier leads from base to lamp socket shall be No. 12 THW solid wire with 45 mils insulation suitable for 600-volt service for historic decorative, post top and mast arm electroliers.
4. All conductors of AWG #10 or larger shall be identified by printed and embossed labels. #1, #6, #8, #10 conductors shall be printed and embossed. a) Both printed and embossed labels shall clearly identify the UL listing, insulation type, voltage rating, AWG number, and the City of Sacramento. b) The printed label and the embossed label shall be placed at approximately 90 degrees separation around the center of the conductors.
c) Labels shall appear every one foot interval. Embossed labels shall be between 0.002” to
0.003” in depth and shall not damage the conductors. Label heights shall be no less than 3/32” for AWG #8 or larger, and shall be no less than 2/32” for AWG #10.
3.5 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
The following communication equipment shall be provided, installed and configured per the Plans and Special Provisions.
66 A. Fiber Network Switch with Power Supply
Network Switch shall be manufactured by Cisco, Model IE-2000-8TC-G-B or approved equal.
All Cisco hardware, software, licensing, and SmartNet must be new and procured through a Cisco Gold authorized reseller and validated by the Cisco Account Manager for the City of Sacramento. Jason Kaiser is our local representative and can be reached at [email protected] or (408) 895-2841. All purchases must be registered with Cisco under the City of Sacramento Traffic Engineering name and contracts associated with City of Sacramento Traffic Engineering department’s CCO ID’s upon 30 days of procurement.
CCO ID = City of Sacramento-DOT (35036) 1019538262
Address = 915 I Street, Room 2117, Sacramento, CA 95814 The network switch shall have the following:
Model IE-2000-8TC-G-B
Power Supply shall be Cisco, PWR-IE50W-AC-IEC.
Two (2) GLC-LX-SM-RGD – Small Form Factor Pluggable Module 19” DIN Rail mount kit STK-RACK-DINRAIL
Network Switch shall meet the following requirements:
Industrial grade
DIN rail mountable
Ethernet connectivity
Operate under 14 degrees Fahrenheit to 140 degrees Fahrenheit, and under vibration and shock
Eight (8) 10/100 Base-T Ethernet ports and 2 Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) ports Two (2) gigabit combo ports: SFP
Swappable SD flash card and mini-USB connector
LAN base (OS) Software license
Switch shall have MAC address security function for each port Switch shall have Vlan function for each port
5-year warranty
Power Supply for Network Switch shall meet the following requirements:
Compatible with Cisco IE 2000 Series industrial grade switch DIN rail mountable
Input: 100-120 VAC or 200-240 VAC, manually selected AC, 50-60 Hz Operate under 14 degrees Fahrenheit to 140 degrees Fahrenheit, and under vibration and shock
5-year warranty
Power Supply for Network Switch shall be installed in cabinet.
Small Form Factor Pluggable Module Cisco 100Base – X small Form Factor Pluggable Module - Two (2) GLC-LX-SM-RGD – Cisco device hot-swappable I/O device that plugs 67 into Fast Ethernet ports, dual-rate Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports, or Gigabit Ethernet ports of Cisco Switch linking the port with the fiber cabling network or approved equal For Type R cabinet, power supply for network switch shall be mounted on a DIN rail attached to aluminum stock for support. The DIN rail and aluminum stock shall be mounted to the cabinet channel rails. The Contractor is responsible for making all connections and shall be made per manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure that the switch is powered. See Plans for further details.
Functional Test
The Fiber Network Switch shall be power up and ready to be programed. City will program switch to connect to city traffic network. Switch Functional test is passed once city as preformed network test to prove network operability.
B. Surge Suppressor Power Strip
Surge Suppressors shall meet the following requirements:
For Type R Cabinet, Surge Suppressors shall be manufactured by Tripp-Lite Power Protection, Model ISOBAR6ULTRA or approved equal.
120 VAC, 60 Hz. 3,300 joule surge protection, 135,000 Max surge Amps, 6 ft cord. 6 outlet.
Surge Suppressors are to be installed in Type R cabinet. For Type R cabinet, the Surge Suppressor shall be mounted to the cabinet channel rail, and must be wired to the load side of the 15-amp main breaker in the cabinet.
3.6 CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM
A. General
The CCTV Camera shall be AXIS P3737-PLE Panoramic Camera (Quad) system or approved equal thru product testing. The system shall include the camera, POE mid-span power injector, mounting brackets, cabling and mounting hardware.
The CCTV system for traffic monitoring shall connect to the city network through the Ethernet switch in the traffic signal cabinet. All cabling between the camera and the traffic signal cabinet shall be Category 6 (CAT6) outdoor rated communication cable.
B. Components
The camera system shall have following components:
Manufacture Model
Number
Description
AXIS P3737-LE Quad Panoramic Camera
AXIS 02172-004
30watt
High power PoE Mid-Span power
Injector
Belden 7927A Outdoor Rates Cat6 Cable
68 Pelco AB-3035 Astro-Brac for Mastarm, Luminair Arm
mounting
AXIS TQ6501-E Parapet Mount
AXIS 39680 RJ45 PushPull connector
Belden 7927A Category 6
C. Camera Interface
The camera shall connect to the traffic signal cabinet with Category 6 (CAT6) outdoor rated communication cable. All cable connections shall be CAT6 rated.
Camera power shall be over the data cable via PoE injector. All data ports shall be 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet-port, support auto negotiation of network speed (100 MBit/s and 10 MBit/s) and transfer mode (full and half duplex). The Camera shall be automatically detected using UPnP and Bonjour standards and provide support for both IPv4 and IPv6.
The camera shall support both fixed IP addresses and dynamic IP addresses.
Camera shall connect through the network to the City’s existing Milestone 2016 video management control software. The camera shall be fully capable of working with Milestone software and shall allow full control of PTZ, focus, iris, and be able to present and display all video streams.
D. Communication- Power Cable and connectors
The camera shall connect PoE injector with Category 6 cable. The cable shall be Belden 7927A Multi-Conductor - Category 6 DataTuff® cable. See Outdoor Ethernet Communication cable section of these special provision. The cable shall connect to the camera with a RJ45 PushPull connector meeting IP66 environmental requirements and to the PoE injector with a standard RJ-45 connector.
E. Functional Test
The camera shall be installed and wired per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall power up and have a viewable video feed. Camera shall be fully controllable.
3.7 CATEGORY 6 OUTDOOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATION CABLE
All Ethernet communication cable placed in pole and conduits shall be Belden Part 7927A DataTuff Cat 6, 4 pair, 23awg Solid BC, PO/PVC, CMR. The cable shall have 23 AWG Bonded-Pair solid bare copper conductors, polyolefin insulation, E-Spline center member, industrial grade sunlight- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, rip cord. Sequential marking at two foot intervals. Connection for the cable it shall use Cat6 approved connectors. Cable shall meet NEC Specifications CMR, UL444, TIA 568.C.2 and NEMA WC-63.1, Category 6.
Belden 7953A
69 3.8 CATEGORY 6 COMMUNICATION CABLE CONNECTOR
CATEGORY 6A FIELD MOUNT PLUG, 568A/B, UTP, LARGE AWG 22-24 (0.043 - 0.063 IN.) CAPFMUL-S1 Modular Connectors - FIELD MOUNT PLUG CAT6A UTP, LARGE AWG 22-24
3.9 DETECTOR CONDUCTOR LOOP
A. Loop Conductors
Each loop conductor shall be continuous, unspliced, Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE crosslinked polyethylene insulated No. 12 stranded copper wire. Conductor insulation thickness shall be 40 mils minimum.
B. Loop Conductor Installation
Detector loop installation shall conform to these Special Provisions and the State Standard Plans, Sheet ES-5A.
Unless otherwise specified, each loop shall be three (3) turns of conductors for each detector loop.
Unless otherwise shown or noted on the Plans, each new detector loop shall be 6' x 6' and centered in the travel lane.
Slots cut in the pavement shall be blown out with compressed air and dried and inspected for any sharp objects or corners which shall be removed prior to installation of loop conductors.
The loop conductors shall be installed in the slots using a 5/16" to 1/4" wooden paddle. As it is installed, the wire shall be kept under slight tension and shall be kept in the slots with suitable cardboard wedges. The cardboard wedges shall not be removed until the loop sealant operation requires removal.
Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the Nearest pull box. The detector loops shall be joined in the nearest pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. Each detector loop shall be identified and tagged by loop number, start (S), and finish (F).
For example: Phase 4D1-1S & Phase 4D1-1F; Phase 4D1-2S & Phase 4D1-2F.
All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system in the same pull box, shall be spliced to a cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. Splices to the cable shall be 70 made in pull boxes only. All splices to the lead in cable and between loops and the lead in cable shall be soldered as specified in State Specifications in Section 86-2.09C, "Connectors and Terminals". Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
Each detector loop circuit shall be tested for continuity, circuit resistance, and insulation resistance at the controller location. The loop circuit resistance shall not exceed 0.50 ohms plus
0.35 ohms per 100 feet of lead-in cable. The insulation resistance shall be performed between each circuit conductor and ground. The meggared insulation resistance shall not be less than 200 megohms. The Contractor shall replace any detector loop that fails this requirement at the Contractor's expense.
1. Depth of Loops and Conductors in the Traveled Way
All conductors and conductor loops installed in the traveled way shall be installed so that the top of the conductor is a minimum of one-inch (1") below the surface grade of the street.
2. Inductive Loop Sealant
Only the following methods may be used for inductive loop sealant:
Asphaltic Emulsion and Sand Method
1) Immediately after the loop wires have been installed, the slot shall be filled with an anionic asphaltic emulsion conforming to the State Standard Specifications for Rapid Setting No. 1 (RSI).
2) Dry 20 mesh sandblasting sand shall then be poured in and around the slot. A suitable and approved tool shall then be used to work the asphaltic emulsion up through the dry sand. The slot will then be inspected for any dry spots in the sandfill. Any dry sand spots will then be wetted with more asphaltic emulsion. More dry sandblasting sand shall then be added to the slot and the asphalt emulsion will again be worked up through the sand until a uniform mix of asphaltic emulsion and sand with no voids completely fills the slot to the level of the surrounding road surface. A final thin layer of sand will then be added to surrounding surface to absorb the excess asphaltic emulsion. The 71 traveled way may be opened to vehicular traffic immediately after installation of the asphaltic emulsion and sand loop sealant.
Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant Method
Hot-melt rubberized asphalt sealant shall conform to, and be installed in accordance with State Specifications Section 86-5.01A(5) and as directed by the Engineer.
Sackrit Method
After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, paint binder shall be applied to all vertical surfaces of slots in accordance with the provisions in Section 94, "Asphaltic Emulsions", of the State Standard Specifications. The slots shall then be filled with asphaltic concrete sealant.
Asphaltic concrete sealant shall be a mixture of sand and liquid asphalt. The percentage of sand in the asphaltic concrete sealant shall conform to the following:
Screen Size Percentage Passing
#4 100%
#8 91%
#16 63%
#30 39%
#50 24%
#100 10%
#200 7%
The sand shall be uniformly mixed with six percent (6%) SC800 liquid asphalt conforming to Section 93 of the State Standard Specifications.
Temperature of sealant material during installation shall be above 70 degrees F. Air temperature during installation shall be above 50 degrees F. Sealant placed in the slots shall be compacted by use of an eight-inch (8") diameter 1/8" thick steel hand roller or other tools approved by the Engineer. Compacted sealant shall be flush with the pavement surface. Excess sealant remaining after rolling shall be reused. Traffic may be released immediately over compacted material.
C. Abandonment of Loop Conductor
Each detector loop shall be saw-cut in a minimum of two places.
3.10 DETECTOR HANDHOLES
Where shown on the Plans, detector loops shall be sawcut into detector handholes. Detector handholes shall be Type B and shall be installed as shown in Traffic Signals/Street Lighting 72 Standard Details in the Plans sheets, unless otherwise noted or directed by the Engineer. No splicing will be allowed in the detector handholes. For detector handholes to be removed, holes or depressions resulting from the removed handhole shall be filled, compacted, brought to grade, and filled to match surrounding materials.
3.11 DETECTOR LEAD-IN CABLE
Detector lead-in cable shall be "Canoga" Type 30003, or approved equal. Detector lead-in cable shall conform to the following Special Provisions:
Lead-in cable shall consist of four (4) No. 18 A.W.G. stranded copper conductors insulated with nine (9) mils minimum of polypropylene, color coded, parallel laid, twisted together with four to six turns per foot. An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier shall be provided to prevent hosing, siphoning, or capillary absorption of water along cable interstices. The outer jacket shall be thirty (30) mils minimum in thickness, high density polyethylene conforming to ASTM Designation:
D-1248, 65T for Dielectric Material, Type I, Class C, Grade 5, J3. The diameter of the cable shall be approximately .25 inch.
Aluminum-polyester shielding shall be applied around the conductors.
The detector lead-in cable shall be continuous from the pull box adjacent to the conductor loops to the controller unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
Splicing of detector lead-in cables to loop conductors and splicing of detector cables when called for on the Plans shall be as follows:
1. Splices shall be made in pull boxes only. All splices to lead in cable shall be soldered. The ends of the splice shall then be inserted into an approved insulated spring type connector of the correct size. When detector cables and detector loops are initially installed, precautions shall be taken to insure the cables and loops remain water tight prior to splicing. If splicing is not to be done immediately after installation, the ends of the conductors and cables shall be dipped in electrical insulating liquid which shall render them water tight. The insulating liquid shall be fast drying, resistant to oils, acids, alkalies and corrosive atmospheric conditions and shall be compatible with the insulations used in the conductors and cables. All conductors and cables shall be installed and splices shall be made in a dry environment.
3. The splice shall then be insulated by "Method B" of the State Standard Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
3.12 FIBER OPTIC
Fiber Optic Cable Requirements
Fiber optic cable shall be Corning Altos All-Dielectric Gel-Free or approved equal.
The Contractor shall use the following cable types as listed below or approved equal. 73 Fiber optic cable shall be Corning Altos All-Dielectric Gel-Free or approved equal.
The Contractor shall use the following cable types as listed below or approved equal.
Fiber Strand
Description Part Number Manufacturer Use
12 Strand 012ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
12 Strand
SST Drop
(flat) 012EB4-14101A20 Corning
Per Plan
24 Strand 024ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
48 Strand 048ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
96 Strand
096EU4-T4700D20 or
096EU4-T4701D20
Corning
Per Plan
144 Strand 144EU4-T4701D20 Corning Per Plan
288 Strand 288EU4-T4701D20 Corning Per Plan
Fiber Patch Cable (OS2 Jumpers)
Description Part Number Manufacturer Use
1m 040402G5120001M Corning OS2 Jumpers
2m 040402G5120002M Corning OS2 Jumpers
Tracer Tape
Description Part Number Manufacturer Use
Detectable
Muletape DT1250P
Neptco DT1250P,
Dura line WP12LC
or equivalent
Tracer Tape
Fiber Patch Panel for In-Cabinet Use
Type R cabinets
Description Part Number Manufacturer Description
Fiber Panel
in R Cabinet
SPH-01P with 12
strand adapter LC
panel and SMFO
pigtail
SPH-CS12-A9-P00RE Corning
Fiber Panel for 12
count in SPH panel.
332 cabinets
74 Description Part Number Manufacturer Description
Fiber Panel
in 332
Cabinet
CCH-01U
(or CCH-04U patch
panel (Rack Channel
standoff bracket
#12309-704)) with
CCH-CS12-A9-
P00RE splice cassette
(standard density).
CCH-CS24-A9-
P00RE splice cassette
(high density), if
specified.
Corning
Fiber Panel for 12
count in CCH panel
Splice Case/Tray
Splice Case
Description Part Number Manufacturer Description
Splice Case 8006877 Coyote
Dome Closure
6.5x22
Splice Tray 80805514 Coyote
Long Low-Profile
for up to 96 strand
Splice Case 8006944 Coyote
Dome Closure
6.5x17
Splice Tray 80809958 Coyote for up to 48 strand
Inline Runt 8006915 Coyote
In-Line Runt
Closure
Splice Tray 80809958 Coyote For up to 48 strand
Cable shall be all-dielectric, stranded loose-tube design with dry waterblocking for outdoor duct.
Each fiber shall be distinguishable by means of color coding in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B, "Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding.” The fibers shall be colored with ultraviolet (UV) curable inks.
Buffer tubes shall be made from polypropylene. Each buffer tube shall contain a water swellable yarn or water blocking element for water blocking protection. The water-swellable yarn or water blocking element shall be non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive, and homogeneous. It shall also be free from dirt or foreign matter. This yarn or water blocking element will preclude the need for other water blocking material; the buffer tube shall be gel free. The optical fibers shall not require cleaning before placement into a splice tray or fan out kit. The buffer tube shall be 75 manufactured to a nominal diameter of 2.5mm or 3.0 mm, regardless of fiber count, to reduce the number of required installation and termination tools.
Buffer tubes containing fibers shall be color coded with distinct and recognizable colors in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B. Buffer tube colored stripes shall be inlaid in the tube by means of co extrusion when required. The nominal stripe width shall be 1 mm. Buffer tubes in a hybrid cable (cable containing more than one type of fiber) shall contain only one fiber type. Identification of fiber types in a hybrid cable shall correspond to fiber core diameter (or mode field diameter) from smallest to largest in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B. Buffer tubes shall be stranded around the dielectric central member using the reverse oscillation stranding process. Two polyester yarn binders shall be applied contra helically with sufficient tension to secure each buffer tube layer to the dielectric central member without crushing the buffer tubes. The binders shall be nonhygroscopic, non-wicking, and dielectric with low shrinkage. Water swellable yarn(s) shall be applied longitudinally along the central member during stranding. For dual-layer cables, a second (outer) layer of buffer tubes shall be stranded over the original core to form a two-layer core. A water swellable tape shall be applied longitudinally over both the inner and outer layer. The waterswellable tape shall be non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive, and homogenous. It shall also be free from dirt and foreign matter. Cable shall be comprised of water-swellable yarns and/or tapes, dielectric strength members (as required), ripcord(s) and an MDPE jacket containing carbon black to provide ultraviolet light protection while inhibiting the growth of fungus.
Cable jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, month and year of manufacture, sequential meter or foot markings, a telecommunication handset symbol as required by Section 350G of the National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®), fiber count, and fiber type. The actual length of the cable shall be within -0/+1% of the length markings. The print color shall be white, with the exception that cable jackets containing one or more coextruded white stripes, which shall be printed in light blue. The height of the marking shall be approximately 2.5 mm. Cable shall contain reverse oscillation lay (ROL) markings as needed. Cable shall have a storage temperature range of -40° to 70°C, an installation temperature range of -30° to 70°C, and an operating temperature range of -40° to 70°C. Cable shall have a short-term tensile rating of 2700 N. No fiber strain shall occur over the service life of the cable when subjected to a maximum, long-term tensile rating of 890 N.
Cable shall meet the functional requirements of Rural Utilities Service (RUS) 7 CFR 1755.900 and be fully compliant with ICEA S-87-640. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 and TL 9000 registered.
Cable manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years in manufacturing optical fiber cable in order to demonstrate reliable field performance. Cable and fiber manufacturer shall be the same company to ensure long-term reliability of the cabled fiber and to ensure the availability of fully integrated technical support.
Fiber Characteristics Table
Parameters SM
Type Step Index
Core Diameter
Cladding Diameter
Core-Clad Concentricity
Coating Diameter
76 Cladding Non-Circularity
Defined as: [1-(min. cladding
dia ) max. cladding dia.)]x100
< 0.7%
Proof/Tensile Test 100 kpsi, (0.7 GPa) min.
Attenuation
@ 1310 nm
@ 1,550 nm
< 0.35 dB/km
< 0.20 dB/km
Attenuation at the Water Peak < 0.35 dB/km @ 1383 + 3 nm Index of Refraction 1310 nm: 1.4677
1550 nm: 1.4682
Chromatic Dispersion
Zero Dispersion Wavelength
Zero Dispersion Slope
1313 nm
< 0.086 ps/(nm2*km)
Maximum Dispersion 3.3 ps/(nm*km) for 1285 - 1330 nm < 18 ps/nm*km) for 1550 nm
Cut-Off Wavelength < 1,260 nm
Mode Field Diameter
Peterman II)
B. Fiber Optic Cable Installation
1. Contractor shall install all fiber optic cable per manufacturer’s recommendations and the City’s Plans and Special Provisions.
2. All splice work will be performed by City Approved Contractor. All patch panels and splice materials will be provided by City Approved Contractor.
3. The Contractor shall test all fiber optic cable spans after installation (Bare Fiber Testing).
Testing results must be provided to the City Inspector. The City shall review test results and accept or reject the cable within 5 working days. If accepted by the City, and the Contractor shall submit a request to the City to perform splice work. If rejected, the Contractor shall replace the cable and retest.
4. The Contractor shall maintain a record of all sheath footage markings for each cable span.
Hard and soft copy of all records shall be provided to the City with test results along with the program to review the soft copy of the test results.
5. Existing fiber optic cable must be protected from damage. The Contractor shall contact the City Inspector twenty four (24) hours prior to working near any existing city fiber optic cabling.
6. During installation, the tensile force shall not exceed 600 lbs. The Contractor shall use a break away swivel, or a slip-clutch capstan, set for less then 600 lbs. pulling tensile strength. 77 7. Installation procedures shall be in conformance with the procedures specified by the cable manufacturer for the specific cable being installed.
8. Fiber marking tags shall be installed on fiber optic cable in every pull box. The tags shall be non-adhesive, Hellermann-tyton 4” fiber optic marker, part number CMFO4 or approved equal.
9. During cable installation, the bend radius shall be maintained at a minimum of twenty times the outside diameter of the cable.
10. Fiber optic cable shall be installed without splices except where specifically allowed on the plans or described in these special provisions. The need and approval for unplanned splices shall be reviewed by the engineer. Unplanned splices will be done at no cost to the City.
11. The Contractor shall install Arnco Bull Line Part #WP12LC (with trace wire) or approved equal with the fiber optic cable.
C. Fiber Optic Cable Testing (Bare Fiber Testing):
All testing shall be performed according to the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) Technical Service Bulletin TSB-140, “Additional Guidelines for Field – Testing Length, Loss and Polarity of Optical Fiber Cabling Systems.”
1. The Contractor may test the fiber optic cable prior to installation, but must test fiber optic cable after installation.
2. The Contractor shall test all fibers in the cable.
3. A continuity test using a power meter shall be used for 12 strand cables less than 200 feet.
Power reading shall be provided with test results.
4. The Contractor shall use both a power meter test for continuity and an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) to test all other cable spans greater than 12 strands and longer than 200 feet. Proof of Calibration of all fiber optic test equipment may be requested by the inspector at any time, and must be provided along with the test results.
5. The fiber cable shall meet or exceed ANSI/EIA/TIA – 568B.3 and the latest BICSI TDMM Standards.
6. Test Results shall include the following:
a. Total fiber length
b.Individual fiber traces for complete fiber length
c. Losses of all anomalies
d. Wavelength tested and measurement directions
e. Manufacturer, model number and serial number of test equipment f. Name, signature and company technician/engineer
78 g. Test Equipment Calibration Certificate for all fiber test equipment h. Test Date
7. The Contractor shall provide the test results to the City Inspector. If fiber cable fails to meet cable testing standards and are not approved by the City, the Contractor shall remove the failed fiber optic cable and replace with new fiber optic cable at no additional cost to the City. New fiber optic cable shall be tested according to cable testing requirements in these Special Provisions.
3.13 FOUNDATIONS TO BE ABANDONED
Foundations to be abandoned shall be in accordance with Section 34-9 of the Standard Specifications. The top part of the foundation, anchor bolts, and conduits shall be removed to a depth of two feet (2’) below the surface of sidewalk or unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the surrounding material.
3.14 PULL BOXES
Shall be in accordance with Section 34-12 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
a. All new pull boxes shall be set in place prior to pouring any new sidewalk. b. Existing pull boxes damaged by the installation of new conduits shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer. c. All pull boxes shall be placed in sidewalk areas unless otherwise specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and shall not be placed in driveways, in vehicular traveled lanes, or in any part of the new sidewalk handicap ramp areas. Unless otherwise specified, pull boxes shall be placed a minimum of 5 feet from existing driveways. d. Contractor shall cut, remove and replace the concrete to the nearest joint when installing new pull boxes.
e. New pull boxes shall have a minimum of 6” of new concrete around all sides in sidewalks. f. For pull boxes to be removed, holes or depressions resulting from the removed pull box shall be filled, compacted, brought to grade, and filled to match surrounding materials. 79 g. Pull boxes shall be placed as shown according to the details shown on the Plans and according to these Special Provisions.
h. Install pull box on top of crushed rock foundation. Adjust pull box to grade. The crushed rock foundation shall have a minimum of 12” in depth and continue to extend a minimum of 6” beyond the outside edge of the pull box. Compact crushed rock while maintaining integrity of conduit. Conduit and pull boxes shall not be damaged nor cracked. i. In instances where the pull box is installed in a planter box or dirt areas, the pull box shall be set to grade with a concrete ring, as shown in the standard detail drawings.
Locking Pull Box Security Lids for Street Lighting
1. No locking Security Lids shall be use on Pull Boxes containing traffic signal wiring.
2. All No. 5 and No. 6 Pull Boxes containing street light wiring shall have steel security lids with locking key bolts.
3. Security Bolts shall be Bryce Fastener #50 Penta-Plus approved equal.
4. Security Keys shall be Bryce Fastener 1GBP50 or approved equal.
5. Lid shall be ¼” thick minimum galvanized steel.
6. Lid shall be manufactured with slip resistant surface.
7. Lid shall be non-traffic rated, unless otherwise specified.
8. Lid shall be equipped with a lock mechanism which can be secured from the top of lid.
9. Lock bolt shall be recessed in 1 inch diameter circle
10. Lid shall be flush with top of pull box when the lid is completely secured and locked to the pull box.
11. No. 5 pull boxes shall have a single cam locking system, or approved equal.
12. No. 6 pull boxes shall have a double cam locking system, or approved equal.
13. Lid shall have a grounding lug.
14. Supply five sets of keys for the locks.
15. Supply two sets of lifting tools for the lid.
16. Lid shall be free of scratches, defects, and debris. Provided Lids shall be installed new.
17. Pull Box Lid shall be manufactured by LockLid Secure Utility Enclosure Lids manufactured by Jensen MetalTech or approved equal. Approved equal includes Sipra Corp and Wesco Mr Steel.
o #5 PB - Locklid 1324 Lid LL K-S TrxPlt Sac Glv;
o #6 PB – LockLid 1730 Lid LL K-SD TrxPlt Sac Glv).
o #5 PB Sipra Corp’s Lockjaw! Security lids
o #6 PB Sipra Corp’s Lockjaw! Security lids
o #5 PB WESCO’s Mr. Steel Security Security lids
o #6 PB WESCO’s Mr. Steel Security Security lids
18. A steel welding plug shall be provided by the manufacturer to be inserted into the 1 inch diameter recessed lock
80 3.15 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND FITTINGS
Traffic Signal Standards and Lighting Standards shall be in accordance with the latest California Department of Transportation Standard Plans, unless otherwise specified in these Specifications or Plans.
A. Forms and Concrete and Debris
Remove concrete forms on traffic signal standards and service pedestals upon project completion. Remove all plywood, forms, excess and leftover concrete, and other debris as a result from construction upon project completion.
B. Vehicle Signals
All signal heads, louvers, backplates, and framework shall come in black color.
Each mast arm mounted signal head shall be all 12" diameter sections.
Vehicle signal housings shall be either die cast or permanent mold cast aluminum conforming to ANSI Standard D-10.1. Vehicle signal faces shall conform to Section 86-4.01, "Vehicle Signal Faces", of the State Standard Specifications.
Metal backplates shall have a 2-inch yellow retroreflective boarder for the 12” signal heads. The retroflective tape shall be manufactured by 3M for vertical mounting.
Model: 3M 3990 Series Diamond Grade VIP Reflective Sheeting.
Metal Backplate shall be louvered and painted black.
Traffic signals shall utilize tunnel visors.
All traffic signal lamps shall be accessible from the front of the traffic signal head and shall be directly accessible for removal and replacement by the opening of the hinged front lens section and hood. Backplates for MAS mounted vehicle signal heads shall have approved filler plates to prevent light from showing through at the elevated plumbizers.
C. Light Emitting Diode (LED) Signal Modules
LED modules shall be 12” in diameter, clear lens, and manufactured by Dialight, Leotek, Duralite, or EOI. No exceptions.
LEDs shall have full ball appearance.
Front shell shall be Clear, not Tinted.
Contractor shall warranty the LED module for a minimum of 3 years. Contractor is responsible to immediately replace the failed LED module at no cost to the City during the warranty period of 3 years.
81 D. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signals
LED modules shall be manufactured by Dialight, Leotek, Duralite, or EOI. No exceptions.
All pedestrian display shall be the combination Raised Hand/Walking Person figure and Countdown timer only. All pedestrian heads and framework shall come in black color.
Pedestrian signal face modules shall be designed to mount behind or replace the existing faceplate of Type A Pedestrian housings as specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards, “Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications”, and the MUTCD. The pedestrian signal shall have an operating range of 80VAC to 135VAC. The pedestrian signal shall be fused and provide transient suppression for protection of line and load. The pedestrian signal shall have a high power factor > 0.9. The pedestrian signal shall have < 20% harmonic distortion.
The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting orientation. Each module shall provide an average luminous intensity of at least 3,750 candela/m2 for Upraised hand and 5,300 candela/m2 for the Walking person symbol throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance area and the lowest luminance area in the module.
The color output of the module shall conform to the requirements of the ITE: ”Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications” and the MUTCD.
The Hand Man symbols shall conform to all applicable ITE and CalTrans requirements.
Raised Hand shall be Portland orange. Walking figure shall be lunar white. The module shall not require special tools for installation. The module shall fit securely into existing pedestrian signal section housings built to the PTCSH specifications without modification to the housing.
The pedestrian signal face shall be no less than 16” high. Aluminum housing.
The modules shall be a self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A" housing. The pedestrian signal shall be capable of displaying the LED “Raised Hand” legend. The numeral portion shall consist of two (2) seven segment digits, constructed of a minimum of 2 rows of LED’s, simultaneously. The pedestrian signal shall use overlays to diffuse the LED's and provide uniform light dispersion while keeping the symbols clear and distinct. The signal shall be configurable, such that the countdown timer can start at the beginning or the end of the “Walk” portion of the pedestrian phase.
Initially, the Contractor shall set the signal such that the Countdown timer starts at the 82 beginning of the flashing “Don’t Walk/Raised Hand” portion of the phase and ends at the beginning of the solid “Don’t Walk/Raised Hand” portion of the phase.
Modules shall have filled hand/man.
E. Mounting Hardware
All slipfitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze. Clam shell mounting assemblies shall not be used.
No gaskets shall be used between the slipfitter and the traffic signal display. Seal connection with silicon gel.
F. Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS)
If specified in the Plans, the Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) shall be manufactured by Polara Engineering Inc.
Pushbutton Model: Polara 2 Wire iDS29UB1-Y PPB w/iDetect Control Unit: Polara iCCU-S2 for TS1, TS2 cabinets.
Control Unit: Polara iCCU-C2 Rack Mount Control Unit for 332 cabinet.
Interconnect Board for 332 or TS2 cabinet.
Size of Sign: 9”x12”. R10-3b (CA Sign) for Pedestrian Displays with Countdown feature.
Housing Color: Yellow button cover.
Custom Messages: Special Voice Message for Wait to Cross Street Name and Walk Sign is On to cross Street Name.
Braile on faceplate.
SDLC for TS2 Type 1 cabinets. 850-217 (50 pin harness) for TS 1 cabinets.
Bi-directional arrow.
The main components of the MUTCD compliant APS consists of a 1) Push Button station that is installed on the traffic signal poles providing a vibrating arrow button and audible sounds , and 2) Control Unit that is installed in the traffic signal cabinet. All sounds emanate from the front and back of the push button. A sunlight-visible red LED toggles to “ON” with tactile feedback to confirm the button has been pushed. Vandal resistant designed body and pushbutton.
APS shall be installed in accordance with the City of Sacramento’s APS Implementation Guidelines.
1. Push Button Station:
a. A Push Button Station receives pedestrian crossing requests and provides visual, audio, and speech pedestrian messages to aid street crossing. The Push Button Station shall be installed per the latest requirements of the California MUTCD. 83 The pushbutton shall be constructed of cast aluminum or equal, painted with yellow background, black crossing logo, a tactile arrow indicating the direction of crossing it services, and an integrated two-inch diameter pushbutton. When the pushbutton is activated, the pushbutton shall confirm each activation by visual, audio, and vibrotactile feedback.
b. Audio messages shall be via integrated, sealed, and weatherproof speakers capable of emitting locator tone and speech messages. Audio output shall be up to 10 watts RMS. Each audio output shall have an automatic volume control up to 28dB. There shall be independent maximum and minimum volume settings for locator, walk, and clearance. Audible locator tone shall be at 880 Hz, 100 msec duration, 1 sec interval. Each pushbutton activation shall cause an audible click.
An extended activation on any pushbutton shall mute the entire intersection except selected crosswalk. All audible tones and sounds shall be synchronized to minimize confusion and audio clutter.
c. Vibrotactile shall be integrated into the pushbutton and shall be energized during the WALK interval.
d. The pushbutton shall be speech message capable. When activated, speech message volume shall be adjustable up to a maximum of 89 dB and up to 5 dB above the ambient noise measured at the pushbutton level. Speech messages shall include programmable pushbutton and crossing messages. Pushbutton message shall be, “Wait to cross (name of street) at (name of other street.)” Crossing message shall be, “(Name of street.) Walk signal is on to cross (name of street.)” For exclusive pedestrian phases, the crossing message shall be, “Walk signal is on for all crossings.” Speech messages shall repeat at the rate of 1 hertz from the beginning of the appropriate phase to the end of the phase. e. The pushbutton shall operate in temperatures between -20 to +150 degrees
2. Control Unit:
A Control Unit (CU) provides the interface between the traffic signal controller and PIUs. It passes through pedestrian crossing requests from PIUs to the controller while relaying WALK and clearance timing from the controller to PIUs. The CU shall be a shelf-mounted or rack-mounted unit compatible with TS1, TS2, and Type 2070 controllers housed in Type R or 332 -series cabinets. Each CU shall be able to control up to 12 PIUs. The CU shall interface with the controller and PIUs via optically isolated input/output up to 36 volts. The CU shall maintain system settings and diagnostic data retrievable by the System Programmer described below. The CU shall operate in temperatures between -20 to +150 degrees F.
E. Traffic Signal Standards
All mounting hardware to be furnished by the Contractor shall be galvanized. 84 F. Battery Back-Up System (BBS)
If specified, Contractor shall provide and install the Battery Back-Up System if specified on the planset. The Battery Back-Up System shall comply with the latest California Department of Transportation specifications and requirements. The BBS shall be in complete compliance with City of Sacramento NEMA controllers and cabinets. The battery back-up unit and batteries shall be contained in a separate cabinet. Clarey Model SP1000SN (Plus) or equal. BBS shall only be provided and installed if specified in the plans.
3.16 TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN-ON PROCESS
The traffic signal turn-on process is located at the following location in the category of “Traffic Signals and Streetlighting”:
https://www.cityofsacramento.org/Utilities/Development-Standards
3.17 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER SYSTEM – DELIVERY AND
TESTING AND INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all accessories and plug-ins shall be acquired and installed and tested by the contractor/manufacturer/distributor. The cabinet assembly shall be tested as a complete unit by the contractor/manufacturer/distributor. A fully functional and certified tested traffic signal cabinet assembly shall be delivered directly to the jobsite.
The delivery and inspection of the traffic signal cabinet and controller system is as follows:
A. Delivery
1. All traffic signal cabinets, controllers and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor.
2. D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor.
3. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project.
4. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions.
B. Installation of Traffic Signal Timing
1. The City of Sacramento shall provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
2. The Contractor shall load and program the traffic signal timing for each controller at the Contractor facility warehouse.
85 C. Testing and Certification
1. The entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly for each intersection with phasing shown on the Plans with all plug-ins, auxiliary components, D4 software, and intersection traffic signal timing shall be tested with a traffic signal test monitoring equipment and certified by the Contractor and Manufacturer prior to field installation.
The entire assembly shall PASS all applicable tests. All plug-ins are required for Testing and Certification.
2. Also, the entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly shall be tested and certified as a complete unit under real time intersection operation and signal load conditions for a minimum of 48 hours.
3. The entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly shall be licensed in the name of the City of Sacramento. Contractor shall provide license documentation that shows the Network Switch is licensed to the City of Sacramento.
4. Contractor shall submit a traffic signal cabinet acceptance test record and certificate of compliance from the manufacturer. Test to include: visual inspection, cabinet power up, P.D.A test, Power Supply 24V DC, Field O/P Test, Full Operation, and includes Documentation.
5. Contractor shall submit a Controller Acceptance Test Record and Certificate of Compliance from the Manufacturer. Report shall include Model, Part, and serial number. D4 Software included in test. Test to include Diagnostic/Environmental Tests, Visual Inspection, Total EV Chamber cycle Time, and Final Functional Test (100 hour burn-in). All tests shall result in a PASS condition D. Guarantee
1. The traffic signal controller and components/modules shall have a full warranty for manufacturer defects and workmanship, including parts and labor for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of purchase. Identification of manufacturer defects shall be determined by the city.
2. The Contractor guarantees all cabinet and all materials and devices of whatsoever nature incorporated in, or attached to the cabinets, to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the project. The Contractor shall repair or replace any or all equipment or material, together with all or any other equipment or material which may be displaced or damaged in so doing, that may prove defective in workmanship or material within said one (1) year guarantee period without expense or charge or any nature whatsoever to the City.
3. In the event that the Contractor should fail to comply with the conditions of the foregoing guarantee within (10) days time, after being notified of the defect in writing, the City shall have the right, but shall not be obligated to repair, or obtain the repair of the defect and the Contractor shall pay to the City on demand all reasonable costs and expense of such repair. In the event that any defect in workmanship or material covered by the foregoing guarantee results in a condition which constitutes an immediate hazard to the health or safety, or any property interest, or any person, the City shall have the right to immediately repair, or cause to be repaired, such defect, and the Contractor shall pay to the City on demand all reasonable costs and expense of such repair. The 86 foregoing statement relating to hazards to health, safety or property shall be deemed to include either temporary or permanent repairs, which may be required as determined in the sole discretion and judgment of the City.
E. Equipment Drawing
The vendor shall provide equipment drawings for each cabinet. Equipment drawings shall comply with Section 86-1.04 of the State Specifications and these specifications. The cabinet print shall be laid out on two (2) “D” size sheets. Sheet one (1) shall have the remaining panels, load bay, cables, fans and lights, power supply, maintenance malfunction unit (MMU), controller, connector wiring Power Panel, Outlet Strip, and door Maintenance Panel with police panel. The detector field inputs panels, detector racks, and detector programming panels shall be on sheet two (2). The operation manual for each component shall be provided. Three (3) prints o f the cabinet-wiring diagram shall be supplied with each controller cabinet in addition to an electronic copy. One copy of the cabinet print shall be enclosed in the document drawer under the controller shelf. Entire cabinet schematic wiring diagram shall also be submitted in the form of an AutoCAD Drawing (.pdf will not be accepted), either on a disk or by email to [email protected] John Matoba, City of Sacramento, 916-808-7891.
3.18 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER, ATC EX2, NEMA TS2 TYPE 2 A. McCain ATC EX2 - Traffic Signal Controller TS2 Type 2 NEMA The Contractor shall supply McCain ATC EX2 NEMA controller – traffic signal controller TS 2 Type 2 NEMA with D4 software preloaded. Controller shall have SDLC ports (2) including SP3 routed to NEMA TS 2 Port 1, serial (asynchronous) on front panel (3), ENET 1:100 Base-T Ethernet switch, 1 uplink and 3 additional ports, ENET 2:100 Base-T Ethernet port dedicated for local communication, USB ports (2), display with 16 lines x 40 characters, keyboard with 7x4 keypad (28 key), shelf mount configuration and meet the following:
NEMA TS 2-2003 v2.06
ATC 5.2b
NTCIP base standards (where applicable)
The D plug shall be designed for type 90 Traconex design. See D plug section of these special provisions
B. Traffic Signal Controller Software
The Contractor shall install Fourth Dimension (D4) Traffic Signal Controller software on controller assembly. The most current version of D4 Traffic Signal Controller software, at the time of controller delivery, shall be fully configured in the controller. The traffic controller software shall collect High Resolution Controller Data recorded 10 times per second and with event codes as defined by Purdue University.
87 The Contractor shall provide license to the city for the D4 software and shall include basic support and integration for use of this software.
Traffic Signal Controller Software Contact is: Fourth Dimension Traffic, Eric J. Nelson, 3505 Safe Road, Suite 2309, Houston, TX 77056-7182, Phone 832-405-8577. Email:
[email protected]
C. Manuals
All controllers and software provided under this specification shall be provided with product/operational manuals, which document the operation and maintenance of the equipment in compliance with TEES. The Contractor shall submit operating manuals, technical data sheets, product cut sheets, and any associated documentation for the controller unit delivered as part of this specification. Manuals shall be printed on 8.5” x11” paper. Schematic, layouts, parts list, and plan details may be on 11”x17” sheets. The manuals shall be bound in durable covers, and shall not suffer degradation when subjected to normal cabinet temperature testing. All manuals with printed copies shall be also be submitted electronically.
D. Warranty.
The traffic signal NEMA controller TS2 Type 2 and components/modules shall have a full warranty for manufacturer defects and workmanship, including parts and labor for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of purchase. Identification of manufacturer defects shall be determined by the city.
3.19 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
The Contractor shall install Fourth Dimension (D4) Traffic Signal Controller software on each controller assembly. The most current version of D4 Traffic Signal controller software, at the time of controller delivery, shall be fully configured in the controller.
The Contractor shall provide a D4 license to the City for each controller assembly. The license shall include technical support and user manual of this software.
The contact for the traffic signal controller software is as follows:
Fourth Dimension Traffic
Eric J. Nelson,
3505 Safe Road, Suite 2309,
Houston, TX 77056-7182,
Phone 832-405-8577.
Email: [email protected]
88 General Controller Software Features
1. 16 phases
a. Three maximum times per phase with dynamic max operation b. Minimum, maximum, soft recall modes
c. Early and delayed “Walk” timing
d. Conditional service during free and coordination with conditional service minimum green time
e. Manual control operation with selectable call, omit, and protected pedestrian clearance phases
f. Per phase preempt timing
2. 4 rings (Single intersection or two independent intersections)
3. 16 timed overlaps
a. Vehicle and pedestrian movement for each overlap
b. Actuated pedestrian movements
c. Early and delayed “Walk” timing
d. Pedestrian overlap rest-in-walk across multiple phases e. Per overlap preempt timing
4. 8 transit phases
a. Two and three section signal head controls for light rail vehicles b. Advanced warning sign control per transit phase
c. Recall or actuated operation
d. Normal or priority service
Detector Features
1. 64 vehicle detectors
a. Programmable call and extend phases
b. Extend and delay timing
c. Stop bar disconnect mode with carryover (extend) timer d. Detector cross-switching
e. No presence and max fail detector diagnostics (disabled by TOD)
2. 16 queue detectors
a. Detects traffic backups
b. Capable of selecting alternate coordination patterns, selecting alternate maximum green times, or calling a preempt
c. Advanced green to clear vehicle movements prior to transit vehicle arrival
3. 16 pedestrian detectors
a. Programmable calls for pedestrian and vehicle phases b. Pedestrian cascade mode (sequential calling of two pedestrian movements) 89 4. 8 transit detectors
a. Programmable calls for transit and vehicle phases
b. Extend and delay timing
c. Travel time delay
d. Alternate travel times by TOD
e. Adaptive arrival time adjustment
5. 32 remote transit detectors
a. Calls received by transit detectors at other intersections (on peer-to-peer Ethernet network)
b. Travel time delay
c. Alternate travel times by TOD
d. Adaptive arrival time adjustment
Coordination Features
1. 32 coordination patterns
a. Cycle time and three offsets per pattern
b. Flexible per phase split expansion and shrinking during transition c. Fixed or floating force-offs (per phase)
d. Automatic permissive calculations
2. Single-band or multi-band permissive modes with permissive limit timer
3. Three pedestrian permissive modes
a. Programmable recalls and omits active during each pattern b. Actuated coordinated phases can gap-out early and distribute unused time to movements with greater demand
c. Selectable reservice phases (a.k.a. “fully actuated coordination”)
4. Multiple interconnect modes
a. Time based scheduler
b. Central system command (over twisted pair or Ethernet connection) c. 120 volt interconnect cable
5. Master controller mode
a. Controller can operate as a twisted pair, Ethernet, or 120 volt cable master in the absence of a central management system
Preemption Features
1. 10 prioritized preempts
a. Two track clearance states, dwell state, and exit state per preempt b. Permit or allow any phase and overlap individually for each preempt state c. Presence preempt input with optional fail-safe interlock input 90 d. “Check-in / Check-out” preempt detection option with check-out override timer
2. 4 soft preempts
a. “Step-by-step” preempt (special preempt sequence)
b. 8 states per soft preempt sequence (timed or actuated) c. Each state allows programmable calls, omits, holds, and force-offs for each phase and overlap
Transit Priority Features
a. Programmable transit priority options for each transit phase b. Operates based on estimated arrival times using local intersection detection and remote (“peer-to-peer”) detection from upstream intersections c. Separate options for free or coordinated operation
d. Extend only (no phase abbreviation) or Early/Extend operation e. Minimum phase green times
f. Maximum extend limit
g. Optional vehicle/pedestrian phase omits
h. Ability to switch to alternate sequence to better serve early arriving transit vehicle
i. Adaptive arrival times to automatically compensate for fluctuating station dwell times
Status / Diagnostic Features
1. Detailed controller status displays through the 2070 LCD display a. Phase, ring, and overlap status
b. Transit phase/priority status
c. Coordination status
d. Preemption status
e. Vehicle and pedestrian detector status
f. Cabinet / Field I/O status
g. System communication status
2. 6000 controller event log
a. Multiple classes of events can be individually enabled for logging b. Retrieved and reset from central connection (serial or Ethernet)
3. 62.5 day detector VOS log
a. Log VOS for 16 system detectors each 15 minutes
4. 600 MMU event log
a. Detailed MMU events, including reason for failure and state of field outputs
5. The traffic controller software shall collect High Resolution Controller Data recorded 10 times per second and with event codes as defined by Purdue University. 91 Cabinet Support
1. NEMA TS1, TS2-Type 1 and Type 2, Caltrans 332/336, and ITS cabinet support
2. All controller input and output functions can be mapped to any physical cabinet input and output
3. “Peer-to-Peer” interconnect over Ethernet (select outputs or inputs from the source intersection to activate a function at the local intersection)
4. Cabinet logic channels to accomplish custom controller I/O operation Protocol Support
1. Communications over serial port, twisted pair, or Ethernet (fiber-optics)
2. Caltrans AB3418E with extended messages for extended status and D4 specific functionality
3. Future NTCIP compliance
E. Testing
The Contractor shall comply with electrical, environmental and testing requirements defined in the TEES. The Contractor shall comply with all testing, quality control and reporting procedures specified in the TEES.
3.20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET, TS2 TYPE 1, TYPE R
1. TS2 Type 1, Type R Cabinet
The traffic signal controller cabinet shall be a TS2 Type 1 R44 cabinet. It shall have 16 field outputs, capable of 32 input loop detection cards, 8 pedestrian input, 6 preemption inputs.
Cabinet shall use SDLC communication and conform to the following:
A. State of California Specifications
Unless otherwise noted, the enclosure specification shall meet or exceed the State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications, dated 2010, Section 86-3.04A and Standard Plans, section ES-3.
B. NEMA Specifications
Unless otherwise noted, the cabinet shall adhere to the latest NEMA TS 2 Type 1 specifications.
C. City of Sacramento Specifications
92 The City of Sacramento traffic signal cabinet specification shall supersede any applicable parts of the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans.
D. TS2 Type R Cabinet
1. Shell and Door Construction
a) It shall be 77 inches high x 44.5 inches wide x 26 inches deep. Bolt pattern, refer to Caltrans 2006 Standard Plan ES-3A.
b) Controller cabinets shall be constructed from type 5052-H32 bare aluminum with a dull finish and a minimum thickness of 0.125 inches and be 3R weather rated. c) All cabinets shall come with a ten (10) year warranty on the enclosure and cabinet wiring.
d) Each cabinet shall be provided with two (2) lifting eyes for placing the cabinet on its foundation in the down position. Each eye opening shall have a minimum diameter of 0.75 in. Each eye shall be able to support a weight load of 1000 pounds. All exterior bolt heads shall be tamperproof type. e) Machine screws used for mounting equipment on doors or walls of the cabinet shall have inside nuts.
f) The door latching handles shall have provision for padlocking in the closed position. Each handle shall be 0.75 in minimum diameter cast aluminum or zinc-, cadmium-plated steel, or stainless steel with a minimum 0.5 in shank. The padlocking attachment shall be placed at 4.0 in from the handle shank center to clear the lock and key. An additional 4.0 in minimum gripping length shall be provided.
g) Louvers shall be located in the lower one-half of the door. All cabinets shall be supplied with pleated dirt filters (ECO/AIR E-35-S) or equivalent, capable of filtering peat dirt. The filters shall be 12" x 16" x 1". h) All labels shall be silkscreen or phenolic screw on type. No adhesive or sticker labels will be accepted. The font shall be Times New Roman. Font size is determined by location.
2. Cabinet Requirements
a) The field terminal blocks shall be barrier type with marker strips. Terminal blocks shall have 10-32 by 5/16-inch minimum nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw and square metal threaded inserts. Round knurled inserts will not be accepted.
93 b) No other equipment within the controller cabinet shall use a socket that will accept a flasher or a flash transfer relay.
c) If relays are required other than the flash transfer relay, they shall be octal relays. d) If MMU device is disconnected or controller power is off, the intersection shall go into flashing operation and remain in flashing operation until controller power is turned on. (THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT THE CABINET IF THE INTERSECTION GOES DARK INSTEAD OF FLASH.)
e) All cables when not connected, shall not be able to touch AC field wiring terminals on load bay or power panel when not connected to device such as MMU, power supply, BIU, and controller. Cable lengths shall be secured to prevent cable reaching AC field wiring. When possible, cable length should be minimized.
f) The cabinet shall be capable of sixty-four (64) BIU input detection channels, thirty-two (32) vehicle detector cards, forty-eight (48) output channels for eight (8) vehicle phases, four (4) pedestrian phases and four (4) overlaps. g) All power connectors for controller, MMU, and power supply shall be “MILSPEC” with no exceptions. h) All cables for the power supply, MMU, communication and fiber optics shall feed up from the front of the shelf.
3. Cabinet Fan and Light
a) The controller cabinet shall have a light and fan panel mounted in the top of the cabinet. Each panel shall be equipped with two (2) electric fans with ball or roller bearings and a capacity of at least 100 cubic feet per minute each. Each fan shall be separately fused and thermostatically controlled to the requirements of Section 86 of the State Specifications.
b) There shall be two (2) LED cabinet illumination panels. One mounts in the fan housing towards the front of the cabinet and the other under the document drawer or on either side of the drawer. Light bars should provide enough illumination to allow working in the cabinet with no other lighting with a minimum for 500 lumens per foot. The power supply for the panels shall be mounted in the top of the cabinet and shall be 24VDC. The light shall be rated 100,000 hours per LM
70. Light engine shall be fully recyclable. There shall be a door switch to turn on power to the light panels when the door is open. When the door is closed, the switch shall remove all power to the light panels. The light bar should not impede access to the load Bay, technician draw, or shelf spacing. 94 4. Door Alarm
a) The cabinet shall have a door actuated switch that is able to set Alarm 1 in the controller when the cabinet door is open and turns the alarm off when the door is closed. Switches shall be labeled.
5. Police Panel
a) A police panel shall be located in the upper center outside of the door. The police panel shall contain only two switches, a SIGNAL ON/OFF switch, and an AUTO/FLASH switch. Switches shall be clearly and permanently labeled. The SIGNAL ON/OFF switch shall disconnect flasher and load switch outputs to the field. The AUTO/FLASH switch shall operate in accordance with NEMA TS2- 2016.
6. Maintenance Input Panel
a) A maintenance input panel shall be mounted on the inside of the cabinet door on the back side of the police panel. The maintenance door panel shall have twelve (12) 3-position detector test input switches for each of eight (8) vehicle detector and four (4) pedestrian phases inputs. The switches shall operate as fixed, normal, and momentary, top to bottom. Six (6) pushbuttons shall be provided to test the preempt inputs and labeled RR 1, RR2, EVP 1 (3), EVP 2 (4), EVP 3 (5), EVP 4 (6). There shall be a Controller On/Off switch and an Auto/Flash switch. There shall be a three (3) position Stop Time switch; Flash Stop Time On/Off/Manual Stop Time On. T. All Maintenance switches shall be labeled. b) The vehicle maintenance switches shall be wired to the maintenance switch assignment panel on the left side of the cabinet. See Section 8-A-1. c) Detector maintenance test switch input assignment.
Maintenance
Switch
To Terminal To Terminal Function Input
Ø1 Door SW11 401A-B T/F 181 BIU1B-22
Ø2 Door SW12 402A-B T/F 182 BIU1A-23
Ø3 Door SW13 403A-B T/F 175 BIU1B-23
Ø4 Door SW14 404A-B T/F 176 BIU1A-24
Ø5 Door SW15 405A-B T/F 173 BIU1B-24
Ø6 Door SW16 406A-B T/F 174 BIU1A-19
Ø7 Door SW17 407A-B T/F 183 BIU1A-17
Ø8 Door SW18 407A-B T/F 184 BIU1B-17
7. Accessory Power Outlets
95 a) A GFI duplex outlet shall be provided above the power panel. The outlet shall be installed in a nonmetallic enclosure with a cover plate. The GFI can optionally be placed in the maintenance input panel. The outlet shall be securely mounted to the C channel of the cabinet.
b) Two commercial grade NEMA 5-15R non-GFI 15amp receptacles shall be installed and wired to CB-3. One outlet shall be placed on the top right side and one on the top left side of the cabinet. Outlets shall be easily accessible. The outlet surge suppressor strip shall plug into the outlet on the right side of cabinet. The outlet shall be installed in nonmetallic enclosure with cover plate. The outlets shall be securely mounted to the C channel of the cabinet.
8. Left Cabinet Wall
a) Middle Panel - Field Input Panel A:
Field Input Panel A shall contain 4 terminal blocks. All wiring termination shall use spade connector to screw down terminals.
1. Block 1 shall be wired to the maintenance switches and the terminal facility inputs.
See Section 6 for terminal facility assignments. Wiring from terminal facility to the maintenance switch programming panel shall be long enough to allow any wire to terminate at any other maintenance switch terminal. All terminal positions shall be labeled.
2. Block 2 shall be wired for input termination of Opticom 700 series detector and Opticom detectors in the detector rack. All terminal positions shall be labeled.
3. Block 3 shall contain all necessary terminals to meet power requirements for the detection rack, BIUs, detector cards and Opticom cards. All terminal positions shall be labeled.
4. Block 4 shall contain terminals for eight (8) pedestrian push buttons and two (2) pedestrian common (return) wires and shall be wired to pedestrian input terminal facilities on the load bay. All terminal positions shall be labeled. b) Bottom Panel - Field Input Panel B:
The Field Input Panel B shall be wired for loop detector rack one (1) for BIU 8 and 9.
The field input panel shall be capable of sixty-four (64) Terminals (32 channels). Each detector rack slot shall have an individual terminal block. All terminal positions shall be labeled.
c) SDLC hub with a minimum of ten (10) connectors. Connects shall be DB15 with spring camp type locking.
96 d) One commercial grade NEMA 5-15R non-GFI 15amp receptacle outlet shall be placed on the top left side of the cabinet. See section 7.
9. Right Cabinet Wall
a) Power Panel:
The Signal controller, TS2 power supply, any other auxiliary power supplies, detector power, etc. shall be protected by the surge protector. The protection device shall be an Edco ACP340, SHP300-10 or approved equal. The surge protection device shall come with a seven (7) year warranty. The mercury contactor shall be replaced with a normally open, solid-state relay and shall be CST Crydom CWA4850, MDI HPR48A50, Omega SSRL 240AC50, or approved equal. There shall be three (3) circuit breakers, a twenty (20) Amp, for the signal circuit, a fifteen (15) Amp for the auxiliary circuit, and a fifteen (15) Amp for accessory power outlet. A fifteen (15) position earth ground bus bar and a fifteen (15) position neutral bus bar shall be provided. It may be a screw type copper bar as specified in the CalTrans spec or a compression type with holes that will accept 14-8 AWG wire. The service AC- and bond wire will terminate on the bus bars. A place will be provided for the service AC+ on a terminal strip with a field lug and it shall be an ILSCO #SLUH-35 or approved equal. A 3-position block of type Marathon CAT:
1423570, 1423307, or equal will NOT be accepted.
b) Generator Connection: (Specification to be added at a future date) c) Accessory Power Outlet:
One GFI duplex outlet. See section 7.
One commercial grade NEMA 5-15R non-GFI 15amp receptacle outlet shall be placed on the top right side of the cabinet. See section 7.
d) Outlet strip:
A Tripp-Lite outlet surge suppressor strip model ISOBAR6ULTRA or approved equal and shall be installed and connected to accessory power outlet. Outlet strip shall be mounted on aluminum stock. Outlets shall be securely mounted to the C channels of the cabinet.
e) DIN Rails:
There shall be 2 DIN rails 10 inch length mounted on aluminum stock for DIN rail devices. Outlets shall be securely mounted to the C channels of the cabinet.
10. Center of Cabinet
97 a) Shelves:
Each controller cabinet shall be provided with three (3) shelves to house the rack mounted detectors, controller, and any other equipment supplied, mentioned in the specifications and/or shown on the plans. The bottom shelf shall allow clearance for Pullout drawer and the load bay to tilt forward. Spacing between the bottom shelf and the middle shelf shall be 8” and spacing between middle Shelf to the top shelf shall be 14”.
The top shelf shall be placed to provide easy access to detector rack. The bottom shelf contains the detector amplifiers, and any preemption detector cards. The middle shelf shall contain controller, MMU and power supply. The top shelf shall be reserved for future use. The shelves shall be perforated to allow air flow.
See attached Cabinet Layout drawing for mounting heights of shelves. b) Pull-out drawer and laptop shelf:
A pull-out laptop computer shelf shall be incorporated below and attached to the bottom shelf. This pull-out shelf shall be 22” wide x 12.5 deep and provide an opening under the bottom shelf lip of 2.5” to be used as a document drawer. c) BBS LED:
Battery On LED shall be mounted on the underside of the top shelf and shall be readily visible when the door is opened. The LED is part of the BBS relay circuitry located in the load bay. A battery backup relay shall be mounted on the load bay. When the Battery LED is active, Alarm 2 shall also be triggered.
11. Load Bay
a) Clearances:
The load bay shall have a minimum height of 13” from the bottom of the cabinet and have a minimum clearance of 3.5” off the side walls. When load bay is tilted forward it should easily clear the cabinet door opening.
b) Access:
The load bay shall be designed to fold down from the top to gain access to the back side.
No part of the load bay shall stick out past the load switches. c) The load resistors for load switches 9 – 12 yellows shall be mounted on the back of the load bay.
d) Field lugs:
98 Field lugs shall be supplied on all colors for each vehicle and pedestrian phase and each pedestrian pushbutton and pushbutton return. The field lugs shall be ILSCO #SLUH-35 or approved equal.
e) TS2 Output Channel Assignments:
a. Channels 1 - 8 shall be assigned to Vehicle Phases 1 - 8. b. Channels 9 - 12 shall be assigned to Pedestrian Phases 2, 4, 6, and 8. c. Channels 13-16 shall be assigned to Overlap Phases A, B, C, and D. f) BIU:
Load bay shall accommodate two (2) Bus Interface Units (BIU) and connectors in the load bay shall be mounted on PC boards.
g) BBS Flash Relay:
BBS Flash Relay shall activate when the traffic signal is running on battery and BBS system has provided an input. The relay shall active the battery on LED and Alarm 2 input. When the BBS system provides a low battery input the relay shall place the traffic signal into flash.
h) Labeling:
Load bay shall be silk screened on front, showing all positions, e.g. Ø1, Ø2. All TS2 functions and maintenance switch terminals shall be labeled on terminal facility panel.
Detector rack shall be labeled. All panels shall be lables and shall be associated to the cabinet prints.
12. Detection Rack
a) The cabinet shall have one detector rack capable of TS2 loop detector cards and Opticom discriminators.
b) The Rack shall accommodate two BIU’s, be capable of thirty-two (32) detection channels with eight (8) - four (4) channel half width (1.0”) detector cards or eight (8) - two channel half width (1.0”) detector cards.
c) Two and Four channel cards shall be able to be mixed in the same rack. d) The Rack shall accommodate two (2) two channel or one (1) four channel Opticom discriminator cards for up to four EVP channels.
e) The detector, Opticom, and BIU wiring in rack may be hard wired or PC board. f) The racks shall be no more than 18 ¾” wide and 5 ¾” high unless approved by engineer. 99 g) Detector rack shall be labeled.
13. Controller Power
a) There shall be two (2) controller power cables.
b) One shall be a NEMA TS1 “A” and feed from the front of the middle shelf. c) The other shall be a NEMA TS2-1 power connector for the traffic signal controller interface board and feed up from the back of the middle shelf with enough slack so that the controller can be turned sideways to access the cable connectors.
14. SDLC Cabling
a) Nine (9) SDLC cables shall be provided.
b) All SDLC cables shall be connected to the SDLC hub.
c) All SDLC cables shall meet the requirements in NEMA TS 2 Type 1 specifications.
SDLC cables shall be Belden 8104, 9506 or approved equal. Cables SDLC 10, SDLC 11, SDLC 12 shall be of sufficient length to connect devices mounted on the far side of the shelf by modifying cable ties. SDLC 10, SDLC 11, SDLC 12 cabinet and cable ties shall be easily accessible. The cable shall have metal backshell/cable clamp and have appropriate strain relief. Connects shall be DB15 with spring camp type lock.
15. Auxiliary Devices
1. General Auxiliary Devices Requirements
a) All auxiliary devices shall conform to the Requirements of the NEMA TS2 Type 1 Standards.
b) All components, not list as auxiliary shall be consider part of the cabinet and not individual components.
c) The cabinet shall be equipped with all necessary auxiliary devices to operate a traffic signal with eight (8) vehicle phases, four (4) pedestrian phases and four (4) overlaps.
The main auxiliary devices are listed below.
2. Load Switches
a) The Load Switches shall be designed for use in traffic signal controller cabinets in accordance with NEMA TS2 Standards, Section 6.2.
b) Load switches shall have a heavy-duty aluminum heat sink chassis to allow triac device to operate with the full load current. 10Amp RMS Maximum Load Current over NEMA temperature range. Operating voltage range of 60 to 135VAC. 100
c) Unit shall contain three electrical independent circuits. The front of the load switch shall be provided with three indicators to show the input signal from the controller to the load switch. Maximum load current output in de-energized condition is less than 10 mA peak.
d) Sixteen (16) Load Switches shall be supplied (8 vehicle, 4 peds, 4 overlaps). EDI Model 510 Load Switch or equal for use in NEMA TS2 Type 1 cabinet.
3. Solid State Flashers
a) Solid State Flashers shall be in accordance with NEMA TS2 Standards, Section 6.3. b) Flasher shall have a heavy-duty aluminum heat sink chassis to allow triac device to operate with the full load current.
c) 15Amp RMS Maximum Operating Load Current over full NEMA temperature range. d) Operating voltage range of 60 to 135VAC.
e) A minimum of 56 flashes/minute.
f) EDI Model 810, Reno Model Fl-200 or equal.
4. Malfunction Management Units (MMU)
a) MMU shall be designed for use in traffic controller cabinets in accordance with NEMA TS2 Standards, Section 4.
b) The MMU shall be a Type 16.
c) One (1) conflict monitor shall be supplied. EDI Model MMU-16LE(IP), Econolite MMU-16, or Reno MMU-1600G.
5. Bus Interface Units (BIU)
a) The BIU shall be designed for use in traffic signal controller cabinets in accordance with NEMA TS2 Standards, Section 8.
b) All BIUs shall provide three separate front panel indicators for Power, Transmit, and Valid Data.
c) Four (4) BIU’s shall be supplied. Two BIU’s shall be placed in the Load Bay. Two BIU’s shall be placed in the Detector Rack. EDI Model 700 or Econolite BIU-64.
6. Cabinet Power Supply
a) The cabinet power supply shall meet all TS2 Section 5 requirements. b) The power supply shall regulate DC power, unregulated AC power, and a line frequency reference for the Detector Rack, BIU’s, load switches and auxiliary equipment.
c) Power Supply shall have LED indicators showing output status and fuse integrity for three supply outputs.
d) One (1) Power Supply shall be supplied. Econolite PS250 TS2, EDI Model PS200 TS2, or Reno TS-2 Power Supply.
7. Flasher Transfer Relays
101
a) All Flash Transfer Relays shall be solid state and conform to the requirements of NEMA TS2 Section 6.
b) A full complement of relays shall be supplied with cabinet to allow for maximum phase utilization.
8. Inductive Loop Detectors
a) Four Channel Rack Mount Detector for TS2 Type 1 traffic signal cabinet. b) Meets NEMA TS 2 specifications.
c) Single width (1.12” or 1.14” wide).
d) Eight (8) inductive loop detectors shall be supplied unless otherwise specified on plans or special provisions. RENO A&E Y/2-200 four channel rack mount detector or approved equal.
16. Equipment Drawing
Equipment drawings shall comply with Section 86-1.04 of the State Specifications and these specifications, with the following changes:
The cabinet print shall not exceed (3) “D” size sheets.
Sheet one (1) shall have load bay with terminal facilities, power supply, maintenance malfunction unit (MMU), connector wiring Power Panel, fans and lights, SDLC Hub Panel, Outlet Strip, and door maintenance panel with police panel.
Sheet two (2) shall have the detector field inputs panels, detector racks, and detector maintenance switches, Opticom input panel, Opticom Field interface panel and Accessible pedestrian panel.
Sheet three (3) shall be cabinet 1ayout.
The operation manual for each component shall be provided.
Three (3) prints of the cabinet-wiring diagram shall be supplied with each controller cabinet in addition to an electronic copy. One copy of the cabinet print shall be enclosed in the document drawer under the controller shelf.
Entire cabinet schematic wiring diagram shall also be submitted in the form of an AutoCAD Drawing (.pdf will not be accepted), either on a disk or by email to [email protected] John Matoba, City of Sacramento, 916-808-7891.
17. Cabinet Deliver and Acceptance
Contractor Provided – Cabinet Delivered by Project
For Traffic Signal cabinet assembly delivered per City Standard 34.24 to 34.26, the contractor is responsible for providing a fully tested cabinet that meets the above specifications. The cabinet 102
assembly shall be assembled and tested by the cabinet manufacturer, authorized local distributor, or qualified NEMA certified signal technician to ensure proper component integration and operation. Each cabinet assembly shall be tested as a complete entity (all inputs and outputs) under signal load for a minimum of 48 hours. Each cabinet assembly shall then be tested configured for intersection under signal load for a minimum of 48 hours with traffic controller and conflict monitor running without error. If the cabinet and controller assembly fail to run, the cabinet manufacturer, authorized local distributor, or qualified NEMA certified signal technician shall exhaust all reasonable trouble shooting methods before contacting the City. All signed documents detailing the final tests performed on the cabinet shall be delivered to the City Inspector.
Cabinet assembly that passes testing shall be delivered fully ready to operate intersection in conformance to City Standard Specification, Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing and Inspection, section 34.24, Traffic Signal Pre-Turn On, section 34.25 and Traffic Signal Final Turn On, section 34.26.
New fully tested and configured cabinet assemblies that are to be installed on new foundations shall be delivered directly to the field per 34.25 City Standard Specification.
18. Warranty
The Supplier and Manufacture of the traffic signal cabinet assembly shall provide a one year warranty of all components inside of the cabinet from the date of acceptance by the City. The manufacturer’s warranty shall be supplied in writing with each component. The Supplier and Manufacture guarantees the cabinet, materials, and devices to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials. Second party extended warranties are not acceptable.
The manufacture of the cabinet enclosure and wiring shall come with a ten (10) year warranty from the date of acceptance by the City.
Edco ACP340, SHP300-10 or approved equivalent device shall come with a seven (7) year warranty.
103
2021 TS 2 – Type 1, Type ‘R’
Cabinet Layout
104
105
106
107
3.21 VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM – ECONOLITE VISION
In general, the video detection system shall provide real time detection of vehicles, bicycles and motorcycles entering the camera’s field of view with an accuracy of 99% minimum, when compared to conventional inductive loops. The detection shall be reliable, consistent, and perform under all weather, lighting, and traffic congestion conditions. The video detection system consists of video sensors, a communication interface panel, mounting brackets and cabling hardware. For 33X cabinet with Model 2070 controller, the video detection system will include an input/output card mounted in th (e input file.
Video Detection System Hardware
The video detection system shall be an Econolite Autoscope Vision or approved equal.
Video Sensor
The video detection system shall include a video sensor that integrates a high-definition (HD) camera with an embedded processor for analyzing the video and performing detection.
Camera and Processor
The camera shall be a color CMOS imaging array.
The camera shall have HD resolution of 720p minimum (1280x720 pixels).
The camera shall include a minimum 10X optical zoom to enable stop-line and advance detections. The optical zoom shall be remotely controllable from the TMC for temporary traffic surveillance as well as for maintenance purposes.
The camera shall have direct, real-time iris and shutter speed control by the integrated processor.
The processor shall support H.264 video compression for streaming output.
Video Sensor Enclosure Assembly
The camera and processor shall be housed in a sealed IP-67 enclosure.
The faceplate of the enclosure shall be glass and shall have hydrophilic coating on the exterior surface to reduce debris accumulation and maintenance.
The faceplate shall have a thermostatically-controlled indium tin oxide (ITO) heater applied directly on the interior surface to keep the faceplate clear of condensation, snow, ice and frost.
An adjustable aluminum visor shall shield the faceplate from the sun and extraneous light sources. The visor shall not interfere with the full 360° field of view.
An integral aiming sight shall assist in aiming the camera for the detection objectives.
A removable rear cap and cable strain relief shall seal the power connection. 108
The rear cap shall be tethered to the enclosure to avoid dropping the cap during installation.
The rear cap shall be fastened to the body of the video sensor with a single, captive bolt.
The rear cap and enclosure shall include Gore breathers to equalize internal and external pressure.
The sensor shall be self-supporting on manufacturer’s mounting brackets for ease of installation.
Power and Communications
Power and communications for the video sensor shall be carried over a single threeconductor cable of 18 AWG minimum and with a polyethylene jacket. The cable shall be of sufficient length and slag.
Termination of the three-conductor cable shall be inside the rear cap of the enclosure on a three-position, removable Phoenix terminal block. Each conductor shall be attached to the Phoenix plug via a screw connection.
The video sensor shall operate over an input voltage range of 89 to 265 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz.
Power consumption shall be no more than 16 watts maximum including heater.
No supplemental surge suppression shall be required outside the cabinet.
All communications to the video sensor shall be broadband-over-power via the same three-conductor cable that powers the unit. Coaxial cable shall not be required.
Communications Interface Panel
The video detection system shall include an interface panel in the traffic cabinet that manages communications between the video sensors, the traffic management center, a maintenance technician, and the traffic cabinet itself.
Video Sensor Connection
The communications interface panel shall provide connection points for four video sensors.
Each sensor connection shall be a 3-pole terminal block, which supplies power and broadband-over-power communications to the sensor.
The broadband-over-power communications shall provide a throughput of 70 to 90 Mbps.
The broadband-over-power connection shall support at least 1,000 feet of cabling to the video sensor.
Each video sensor connection shall include a power switch.
There shall be an LED for each video sensor to indicate the state of the power to the sensor and an LED for each video sensor to indicate the status of communications.
Each video sensor connection shall contain a resettable fuse.
Each video sensor connection shall provide high-energy transient protection. 109
Traffic Operation Center (TOC) Communications
An Ethernet port shall be provided to connect to a TOC.
The TOC connection shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet communication.
The communications interface panel shall proxy all network requests that arrive on the TOC connection to avoid unwanted network traffic from reaching the broadbandover-power network between the communications interface panel and the video sensors.
All communications to the video detection system through the TOC connection shall be to a single IP address.
Local User Communications
A wired Ethernet port shall be provided to connect the user at the cabinet to the video detection system for setup and maintenance purposes.
The maintenance port shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet communication.
All communications to the video detection system through the maintenance port shall be to a single IP address.
The maintenance port shall support DHCP to automatically assign an IP address to the user’s computer, if desired.
An 802.11g Wi-Fi access point shall allow wireless connection to the video detection system at the cabinet for setup and maintenance purposes.
All communications to the video detection system through the Wi-Fi access point shall be to a single IP Address.
The Wi-Fi access point shall support DHCP to automatically assign an IP Address to the user’s computer.
The Wi-Fi access point shall include a dipole, omnidirectional antenna.
A momentary pushbutton shall allow the user to turn the Wi-Fi access point on or off.
The Wi-Fi access point shall turn itself off automatically after a period of inactivity from connected devices.
An LED shall indicate when the Wi-Fi access point is enabled.
The Wi-Fi access point shall operate simultaneously with the wired maintenance port and with the TMC connection.
Traffic Controller Connection
The communications interface panel shall provide one connection to communicate to the traffic controller through the cabinet.
The traffic controller connection shall support a TS2 Type 1 compatible SDLC interface.
The traffic controller connector shall be a 15-pin female metal shell D sub-miniature type connector to support a standard NEMA TS2 or TEES SDLC cable.
The traffic controller connection shall support a protocol interface to SDLC-capable traffic controllers (NEMA or TEES).
110
The traffic controller connection shall support the NEMA TS2 SDLC protocol to include up to 64 detector outputs and 32 inputs.
The traffic controller connection shall be able to connect to a wired input/output card, which supports wired I/O in cabinets without a SDLC-capable controller.
The wired I/O data communications link shall support at least 24 outputs and 16 inputs.
SDLC communications and the input/output card communication shall be able to operate simultaneously.
USB Ports
The communications interface panel shall include two USB 2.0 ports to allow system and application software installation via portable media without removing the communication interface panel from the cabinet.
Power
The communications interface panel shall accept input voltage in the range of 89-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz power from the transient-protected side of the cabinet.
The communications interface panel shall be protected by two slow-blow fuses. Two spares shall be attached to the panel.
Input/Output Card
The video detection system shall support an input/output card that communicates with the communications interface panel for real-time detection states and other I/O to the traffic controller. The card may reside in a standard detector rack or shelf-mount enclosure with power module.
The input/output card shall comply with the form factor and electrical characteristics to plug directly into a NEMA type C or D detector rack or Caltrans TEES Input File.
The card shall occupy two slots of the detector rack.
The card shall provide four detector outputs on its rear-edge connector.
A front connector shall provide communication to the communications interface panel.
A front connector shall allow 16 inputs and 24 contact-closure detector outputs for wiring into the cabinet.
A front panel LED for each of the 16 inputs and 24 outputs shall indicate the state of the input or output.
The wired input/output card shall support optional expansion cards in other slots. Each expansion card shall support 4 outputs to the back edge of the card.
The input/output card shall support optional harnesses for connection to Input Files or C1, C4, C11, and C12 ports to support Type 170 or Type 2070 controllers.
System Software
The video detection system shall include management software for configuration, monitoring and data collection purposes.
Management Software
111
Management software shall be a Windows-based application.
The software shall be compatible with Windows 7 and Windows 10 operating systems or their later versions.
The software shall communicate with the video detection system via Ethernet.
The management software shall automatically determine all video sensors and communications interface panels available on the local network and populate a list of all devices.
The management software shall provide the user a means to name individual video sensors and communications interface panels.
The management software shall provide a means for the user to zoom the camera optics while viewing a live video stream.
The management software shall provide a means for the user to calibrate distances in the field of view.
The management software shall provide the user a means to create 4-sided detection zones in the field of view using either a still snapshot or live video.
The management software will overlay an outline of each detection zone over the background image.
The management software shall enable the user to:
place detection zones anywhere in the field of view for stop line detection and/or advance detection.
set the desired color of both the on and off states of the detection zone overlay. alter the size and shape of any previously created zone. overlap zones, either partially or fully.
name each zone uniquely.
assign each zone to detect vehicles, to detect bicycles, or to detect both, and to specify different outputs for each type.
assign the same output to multiple zones such that the output will be on if any of the zones are detecting a vehicle or bicycle.
assign a single zone to more than one output such that if a vehicle or bicycle is detected, all the assigned outputs shall be turned on.
create at least 99 detection zones per video sensor.
retrieve all configuration parameters from video sensors or communications interface panels.
save all the settings for a video sensor or a communications interface panel to a laptop file.
read or import all the settings from a previously saved configuration file for a video sensor or a communications interface panel.
112
download a new version of the application software into a communications interface panel and its attached video sensors.
monitor operation of a video sensor.
The monitoring screen shall include a live video stream from the video sensor with at least HD 1280x720 pixel resolution.
The monitoring screen shall show indications of detection in real time by changing the color of the detection zone.
configure different indications for vehicle detections vs. bicycle detections when both are configured for the same zone.
size and position the following objects anywhere on the screen and to change the color and size of text.
An indication of when an output is on or off, along with a user-configurable name for that indicator.
The current time in the video sensor.
A user-configurable title or name.
The version number of the video sensor software.
turn the overlay graphics on or off with a single setting.
The management software shall provide a screen to monitor operation of the intersection with a quad-view video stream from the communications interface panel. The quad-view video stream shall have a resolution of at least HD 1280x720 pixels, where each of the sensor videos comprising the quad-view shall be at least 640x360 pixels.
The user shall be able to configure the order that the sensor videos appear in the quad-view.
The real-time quad-view video stream shall be capable of displaying the overlay graphics for all four sensors simultaneously.
While monitoring the video of a single video sensor or of the quad-view, the user shall be able to request a “snapshot” or single-frame image to save to a named file on a laptop.
While monitoring the video of a single video sensor or of the quad-view, the user shall be able to record a period of the video to save to a named file on a laptop.
System Functionality
Detection Performance
The video detection system shall detect the presence of vehicles in defined zones and turn on the assigned output when the vehicle is present in the zone.
Stop Line Detection
Stop-line detection accuracy shall be 99% minimum.
False-positive stop-line detection shall be 3% maximum.
Advance Detection
113
Advance detection zone shall be a minimum of 600’ from the video sensor. The video sensor’s field of view shall extend a minimum of 30’ beyond the advance detection zone.
Accuracy data shall be collected over 24-hour time intervals to avoid a single lighting condition, and a minimum of one hundred (100) vehicles per lane. The calculations of detection performance will not include turning movements where vehicles do not pass through the detectors, vehicle lane-change anomalies, or where they stop short or stop beyond the combined detection zones.
Failsafe Mode
The video detection system shall provide a failsafe mode for each video sensor. If the failsafe mode is enabled, all programmed presence detection outputs for the video sensor shall be turned on, thus placing constant calls to the controller. When failsafe mode is disabled, all outputs revert to normal on/off operations.
The video sensor shall continuously monitor the overall contrast in the video. If the overall contrast falls below a preset level (such as caused by dirty faceplate, severe glare, extreme fog, or temporary ice/snow on the faceplate), the sensor shall enable the failsafe mode. When sufficient contrast is restored in the video, the sensor will disable the failsafe mode.
The communications interface panel shall continuously monitor the connectivity status of the attached video sensors. If any video sensor goes offline due to either electrical failure or internal software failure, the communications interface panel shall enable the failsafe mode for that video sensor. If the video sensor comes back online, failsafe mode shall be disabled.
Data Collection
The video detection system shall automatically collect and store traffic flow data in nonvolatile memory for later retrieval and analysis. No additional hardware or software shall be necessary. The data shall include:
Vehicle counts.
Vehicle average speeds.
The management software shall be able to retrieve collected data for a specified period of time or for all currently stored data and save into a standard CSV file.
Operations Log
The communications interface panel and each video sensor shall maintain a time-stamped operations log of routine and special events in non-volatile memory for later retrieval and analysis.
Time Synchronization
The video detection system and management software shall provide three methods to synchronize the time of day clocks in the communication interface panel and the video sensors, as follows:
Manual time synchronization operation by the user, which sets the time to the current time on the laptop where the management software is running. 114
A configuration setting to allow the communications interface panel to automatically obtain time from the NEMA TS2 protocol on the SDLC channel and broadcast it to the video sensors.
A configuration setting to allow the communications interface panel to automatically obtain time from up to five Network Time Protocol (NTP) sources and broadcast it to the video sensors.
Video Streaming
In addition to the ability to view video streams in the management software, the user shall be able to view video from individual sensors or to view the quad-view from the communications interface panel using a third-party video player application on a tablet, smartphone or laptop computer.
Video Detection System Hardware
Equipment shall be an Econolite Autoscope Vision, or City Traffic Engineer approved equivalent prior to submitting bid.
Qty Hardware Per Leg
1 Autoscope Vision (AVISION) white
1 Mounting Brackets (34238G24) – 28”
FT Econolite 3-wire only cable, 18 AWG, Polyethylene jacket Model 1175-010 for 500 feet.
Model 1175-011 for 1000 feet. Per Intersection
1 Autoscope Vision Comm Manager (AVCM)
1 SDLC cable
Model 33550G5 for Econolite ASC2/ASC3 OR McCain ATC EX
NEMA (for majority of City of Sacramento configurations).
Model 33550G3 for TS2 Cabinet with SDLC Hub 15 pin to 15 pin Model 33550G8 for TS1 Cabinet with 2070
Model 33274G2 for TS2 Cabinet without an SDLC Hub
1 Ethernet Cable RJ-45 connectors. (200-1020-501)
Three (3) years System warranty from of date of acceptance For cabinets without SDLC hub or connections, a Vision I/O 24 Module shall be installed.
For Type R cabinet, the Autoscope Vision Comm Manager (AVCM) shall be mounted on a DIN rail attached to aluminum stock for support on the right side of the cabinet. The DIN rail and aluminum stock shall be mounted to the cabinet channel rails. The Contractor is responsible for making all connections per manufacturer recommendations.
Installation
115
Camera shall be placed to minimize occlusions of left turn lanes. Occlusions can be minimized by installing the camera on the signal mast arm, in line with the lane striping between the left turn lane and the through lanes. Cameras installed on signal mast arm shall use Econolite 28” extended camera mount. At intersections where the left and through movements go together as standard operation and lefts are not intended to turn separately, the camera can be mounted on a luminaire arm with standard camera mounting bracket.
Camera shall be aimed so that the area of detection is in the top half of the video image. The farthest edge of the detector shall be at the top of the image, and at least four (4) cars shall be visible behind the stopbar, in the top half of the video image. No horizon shall be allowed in the video image.
Video detection system installed in traffic signal cabinets with network switches installed or scheduled to be installed shall use NEMA TS2 connections to controller. Contractor shall work with the Econolite Representative and the City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure that all channels are programmed and detection calls are being received by the controller.
Video detection system installed in traffic signal cabinets without network switches installed shall use NEMA TS1 and logic level connections to controller. Contractor shall work with the Econolite Representative and the City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure that all channels are programmed and detection calls are being inputted into the controller.
All penetration through signal poles or mastarms shall use Hayco Liquid \Tight Cordgrips or approved equal.
Software and Programming
An Econolite Representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Video Detection System at no additional cost to the City. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to insure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller.
General Aiming and Programming Notes for Video Detection
1. No horizon shall be allowed in video.
2. Camera shall be aimed such that the farthest edge of the detector is at the top of the image.
Four to Five cars shall be visible between the stopbar and the top of the video image.
3. The Camera shall be rotated so the stopbar is horizontal in the video image.
4. Detection Zone shall be approximately 65’ long or 2 cars.
5. Maximum detectable width is 6 lanes and bike lane.
6. Detector labels shall include assigned phase number and assigned channel number.
7. The phase status shall be displayed.
Technical Support & Warranty
1. All hardware associated with the video detection system shall be warranted for a minimum of three years.
116
2. The vendor shall provide all firmware and software upgrades to the City of Sacramento free of charge during the warranty period of the product.
3. Technical support shall be free of charge during the warranty period of the product.
4. Vendor shall provide 24/7 technical support.
5. Vendor shall provide training in the operation, setup, and maintenance of the video detection system, at no additional cost to the city.
3.22 WIRING
Wiring shall be in accordance with Section 34-15 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
a. After taping, all splices shall be painted with an approved electrical coating that will resist oil, acids, alkalies, and adverse environmental conditions. a. Pull ropes used to pull conductors in conduit shall be a minimum of three-eighths inch (3/8") in diameter.
3.23 COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO
Construction work at Franklin Blvd and Shining Star Dr / Forest Parkway shall be constructed to County of Sacramento Standards. All materials shall meet County of Sacramento Specifications.
Conduit Installation
Conduits installed by rocksaw shall be County of Sacramento Standard Drawing 4-64.
Vehicle Displays
Vehicle heads shall be 12” faces and be manufactured by Dialight Long Life XL15 LED traffic signal balls with clear lenses or Dialight 12” long life XOD15 LED Omni-arrows with clear lenses. 15 year warranty on traffic signal modules.
Pedestrian Push Buttons
The Contractor’s attention is directed to County of Sacramento Section 49-5.03, “Pedestrian Push Buttons,” of the Standard Construction Specifications. The eighth paragraph of Section 49-5.03 is hereby revised as follows:
The County has preapproved the use of the following accessible pedestrian push button signal devices:
iDS3 Accessible Pedestrian Signal by Polara Enterprises (three wire system), iDS3- CA – Caltrans Prescribed Failsafe Mode.
The eleventh paragraph of Section 49-5.03 is hereby replaced with the following:
117
Pedestrian push button signs shall be sign R10-3j(CA) of the latest CAMUTCD. The signs shall be metal and have an anti-graffiti coating.
County of Sacramento Standard Construction Specifications:
49-2.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
The reference to Section 49-2.02, “Earth Saw Trenching,” in the last sentence of the first paragraph shall be revised to “Section 49-2.02, ‘Trenching and Boring.’” 49-2.02 TRENCHING AND BORING
Section 49-2.02 shall be renamed “Trenching and Boring” and replaced with the following language and two subsections, Section 49-2.02.A, “Earth Saw Trenching,” and Section 49-2.02.B, “Directional Bore.”
Conduit for signals, lighting, and electrical systems may be installed by earth saw trenching or directional bore and shall conform to these Specifications. 49-2.02.A EARTH SAW TRENCHING
A new subsection, 49-2.02.A, “Earth Saw Trenching” is to be added after Section 49-2.02 and will use the existing language from 49-2.02 of the current specification, except as modified below. Note: references below are to the current specification numbering of 49-
2.02. The second paragraph of Section 49-2.02, “Earth Saw Trenching,” of the current specification is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
The minimum trench depth shall be that which is necessary to provide for 14” minimum cover between the top of the conduit and the finished pavement grade. The trench section shall conform to Standard Drawing 4-64.
The fourth and fifth paragraphs of Section 49-2.02, “Earth Saw Trenching,” of the current specification is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with Minor Concrete to match the existing pavement surface. In areas that are not to receive an asphalt concrete overlay as part of the same Contract, pavement restoration shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing 4-64.
The concrete shall be, at a minimum, minor concrete conforming to Section 90-2, “Minor Concrete,” of the State Specifications.
118
The reference to “1 inch” in the first sentence of the seventh paragraph of Section 49-2.02, “Earth Saw Trenching,” of the current specification is to be revised to “2 inches”.
The eighth paragraph of Section 49-2.02, “Earth Saw Trenching,” of the current specification is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
The two inch (2”) asphalt concrete pavement replacement over the concrete trench backfill shall be completed no later than one (1) Working Day following placement of the concrete backfill.
Final pavement restoration shall conform to Section 14-3.01, “Trench Restoration,” of these Specifications.
9-2.02.B DIRECTIONAL BORE
As noted above for new section 49-2.02, a new sub-section, Section 49-2.02.B, “Directional Bore,”
is to be added after Section 49-2.02.A and consist of the language shown below:
Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Agency a general work plan.
Prior to drilling, the Contractor shall prepare a directional bore profile showing all verified utility depths with utility required clearances and the projected bore path (elevation). The Contractor shall submit the proposed bore profile to the Agency for review and shall also request approval for any deviation from the required bore depth.
A directional bore profile, log of boring operations, and a guidance system log shall be kept on site and up to date during boring operations. The profile must be included with the record drawings, as required by Section 11-3, “Record Drawings,” of the Standard Construction Specifications.
Conduit for traffic signal interconnect and/or street lights installed by directional bore shall be installed to a depth of 30-42” measured from the top of the conduit to finish grade.
Approval from the Engineer shall be required if a depth greater than 42” is proposed, such as during the directional bore profile review and/or if unfavorable subsurface soil conditions are encountered during drilling operations. In no case shall the conduit depth be less than 30”.
The Contractor shall not install traffic signal conduit using directional bore, with the exception of traffic signal interconnect conduit installed from traffic signal to traffic signal.
Any other electrical conduit installed by directional bore shall be installed to a minimum depth of 42” measured from the top of the conduit to finish grade. 119
Bore pits shall be kept at least 2’ clear of the edge of any type of pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined, or subgrade softened, will not be permitted.
The directional boring equipment shall consist of a directional boring rig of sufficient capacity to perform the bore and pull back the pipe, a boring fluid mixing, delivery, and recovery system of sufficient capacity to successfully complete the installation, a guidance system to accurately guide boring operations and trained and competent personnel to operate the system. The directional boring equipment shall have directional control of the boring tool and have an electronic boring tool location detection system. During operation, the directional boring equipment shall be able to determine the location of the tool both horizontally and vertically. The directional boring equipment shall be equipped with a tension measuring device that indicates the amount of tension exerted on conduit during conduit pulling operations.
Boring fluid shall be composed of bentonite clay, potable water, and appropriate additives.
No hazardous additives may be used. Used boring fluid and boring fluid spilled during boring operations shall be contained and properly disposed of. Pumps and or vacuum truck(s) of sufficient size shall be in place to convey excess boring fluid from containment areas to appropriate disposal facilities.
A pilot hole shall be drilled on the bore path. Upon successful completion of pilot hole, contractor will ream bore hole to a minimum of 25% and maximum of 50% greater than the outside diameter of the conduit using the appropriate tools. Contractor will not attempt to ream at one time more than the boring equipment and mud system are designed to safely handle.
After successfully reaming bore hole to the required diameter, contractor will pull the conduit through the bore hole. In front of the conduit will be a swivel. Once pull-back operations have commenced, operations shall continue without interruption until conduit is completely pulled into the bore hole. During pull-back operations, at no time shall the pull force exerted on the conduit exceed the manufacturer rated maximum pull force for the specific conduit being installed.
All excavated areas shall be backfilled to the top of the surface or trench plated by the end of each work period. Final restoration shall conform to Standard Drawing 4-64. 49-2.05 STANDARDS, STEEL PEDESTALS AND POSTS
The third sentence of the first paragraph of Section 49-2.05 of the current specification is to be revised to the following:
Street light standards shall be galvanized steel and shall conform to Standard Drawing 5-
3. 120
The following sentence is to be added to the end of the first paragraph of Section 49-
2.05 of the current specification:
All 1-B poles shall be installed with coupling nuts per the State Standard Plan ES-7B. 49-2.06 CONDUIT
The first paragraph of Section 49-2.06, “Conduit,” of the current specification is to be deleted and replaced with the following:
Conduit shall conform to the State Specifications and these Specifications. Unless otherwise shown or specified in the Contract, conduit shall be rigid non-metallic.
Conduit installed in existing or proposed paved areas of streets shall be installed by earth saw trenching or directional boring conforming to these Specifications.
Conduit installed for traffic signal, lighting, or electrical, by trenching, including earth saw trenching, shall be electrical grade Schedule 40 or better.
Conduit installed for traffic signal interconnect and/or street lighting by directional boring, shall be High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). HDPE conduits shall be Type IPS SDR 11 and comply with ASTM F2160 and NEMA TC7 specifications.
The need for splicing HDPE conduit shall be minimized. Where splicing is necessary, HDPE conduit shall be spliced with mechanical joint couplings manufactured for use on HDPE conduit. The couplings shall provide an airtight and watertight connection.
Conduits may also be joined by heat fusion. Heat fusion (includes electrofusion) of HDPE conduit shall be by methods recommended by the conduit manufacturer, and with equipment approved for such purpose. Equipment shall not expose conduit to direct flame.
Heat fusion shall be performed by conduit manufacturer certified or other authorized personnel. A minimum of two test fusions, by each fusion operator, shall be demonstrated to the Engineer prior to performing fusion operations on any HDPE conduit to be installed.
All proposed conduits shall be a minimum of three inches (3”) in diameter.
The third paragraph of Section 49-2.06 of the current specification is to be deleted and replaced with the following:
Pole risers shall be 3-inch Schedule 80 rigid non-metallic conduit unless otherwise specified.
The eleventh and twelfth paragraphs of Section 49-2.06 of the current specification 121
are to be deleted and replaced with the following:
Conduit trenches shall be approximately 2” wider than the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed.
Conduit installed by trenching outside of existing or proposed pavement shall have 30” minimum cover from the top of the conduit to the finished grade. The trench shall be backfilled with compacted Class 2 aggregate base. Conduit shall not be placed under median curbing. In landscaped medians, the conduit shall be placed below the maintenance band between the inside face of the median curb and the root control barrier. 49-2.07 PULL BOXES
Section 49-2.07, “Pull Boxes,” of the current specification is to be deleted and replaced with the following:
Pull boxes shall conform to the State Specifications, these Specifications, and the Standard Drawings.
Covers shall be factory-marked to indicate the contents of the pull box. Metal covers shall be marked by method “c” as described in the State Specifications.
Pull boxes for use in street lighting shall have covers with theft deterrent penta bolts. The penta-bolt shank size shall be 3/8” – 16UNC x 3-1/2”.
Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans and as required by these Specifications. With the exception of traffic signal interconnect conduit, for conduit runs exceeding 200 feet, pull boxes shall be spaced at maximum 200-foot intervals unless indicated otherwise. The Contractor, at the Contractor’s expense, may install additional pull boxes to facilitate the Work.
Each individual street light shall have its own pull box.
The bottom of pull boxes installed in unimproved areas or in sidewalk areas shall be bedded on 6 inch minimum layer of ¾ inch crushed rock.
All pull boxes that will or could potentially be exposed to vehicular traffic shall be traffic rated.
49-9 IP CAMERA
A new section, Section 49-9, “IP Camera,” is to be added to the current specification with thelanguage and subsections shown below:
122
The Contractor shall furnish and install IP cameras on traffic signal poles and/or mast arms as indicated on the Plans. See Standard Drawing 5-21 for mounting and connection details.
The IP camera shall be AXIS Q6315-LE PTZ dome network camera, or approved equal.
Camera shall connect through the County’s network and all camera functions shall be fully capable of working with the County’s existing Genetec Inc. Security Center software. In addition, the Contractor shall provide training for both the camera setup, including connection to the network, and operation.
The camera system shall have following components, or approved equals:
Manufacturer Model Number Description
AXIS Q6315-LE PTZ dome
network camera AXIS T91B67 Pole
mount bracket
AXIS TQ-6501-E Parapet mount bracket
Pelco Products AB-3034 Astro-Brac Clamp Kit, 1-1/2” NPS Cable Mount, stainless steel
cable, no color
AXIS T94A01D Pendant kit
AXIS 5700-371 RJ45 PushPull connector
Primus Cable C5CMXT Outdoor rated Category 5e cable, black with water blocking layer AXIS T8154 60 W SFP Midspan PoE power injector AXIS TU8001 Ethernet surge protector
All firmware found in products shall be the latest provided by the manufacturer, or of a versionas specified by the provider of the Video Management Application (VMA).
All equipment shall be tested and configured in accordance with instructions provided by the manufacturer.
Full compensation for IP Camera as specified herein shall be considered as included in the LUMP SUM price paid for traffic signal installation and/or traffic signal modification and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 49-9.01 IP CAMERA MOUNTING
Mast arm mounted cameras shall be installed such that other equipment on the mast arm does not block the camera view.
The pole mount installation shall use stainless steel banding. For the parapet mount, discard mount base, retain and install lock nut and cable holder, and thread mount arm into mounting bracket. The cable holder in the mounting bracket shall hold the communication cable in place.The cable shall have enough slack for easy removal of the camera.
123
49-9.02 IP CAMERA COMMUNICATION CABLE AND CONNECTORS
The camera shall connect to the PoE midspan in the traffic signal cabinet using 4-pair Category5e communication cable which is outdoor rated, UTP, and meets ANSI/TIA568.2-D Category5e, NEMA WC63.1 Category 5e, IEEE 802.3af, and IEEE 802.3at standards. The cable shallbe as specified above.
Cables shall have 5 feet of slack at the camera (stored inside the pull box closest to the pole) and 20 feet of slack at the signal cabinet (stored in the signal cabinet pull box) when connected to the Ethernet surge protector in the final configuration. Cables shall be continuous without splices from the Ethernet surge protector to the camera.
Where the cable passes through holes drilled into poles or signal mast arms, a rubber grommet shall be installed to protect the cable from damage and provide a water seal and strain relief.
The camera end of the communication cable shall use the RJ45 push-pull connector specified above. The Ethernet surge protector end of the communication cable shall use a standard crimp type RJ45 connector suitable for outdoor use. The connector shall be rated for Category 5e connections, accept AWG 22-24 size wires, and be capable of T568A/B, UTP standards. The Contractor shall terminate all cables using manufacturer’s guidelines.
The jacket shall insert far enough into the connector to be crimped, providing strain relief. 49-9.03 ETHERNET SURGE PROTECTOR AND PATCH CABLES
The Ethernet surge protector shall be installed between the camera and the midspan PoE injector and both the surge protector and PoE injector shall be located in the traffic signal controller cabinet.
Category 5e Ethernet patch cables are used to connect the Ethernet surge protector to the PoE midspan and the midspan to the County network device located inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. Cat 5e patch cables shall be factory made, outdoor rated, UTP, meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard, have molded boots to protect the RJ45 connector, and be 3 feet in length.
49-5.01.D VIDEO DETECTOR SYSTEM
Section 49-5.01.D, including all subsections, of the current specification is to be deleted and replaced with the following new section, Section 49-5.02, “Video or Hybrid Video/Radar Detection System,” and its new associated subsections. 49-5.02 VIDEO OR HYBRID VIDEO/RADAR DETECTION SYSTEM
A video or hybrid video/radar detection system (detection system) shall be supplied and installed for those locations indicated in the Contract. Detection system shall be video or hybrid video/radar per these Specifications unless otherwise approved by the Agency. The detection system shall consist of:
124
a. Detection units
b. Shelf mount CCU (shall be 4 sensor capable even if less are used at initial install)
c. Riser pole for video cameras: Pelco AG-0175, 74” tube, no color, or approved equal. Riser pole for hybrid video/radar units. Pelco AG-0169, 74” tube, no color, or approved equal.
d. Cabling
e. Surge protection device
f. 10.4” diagonal color LCD video monitor with integral stand Industry standard 3-button USB mouse
g. Appropriate SDLC connection hardware as necessary
when not installed in a TS-2 Type 1 signal controller
cabinet.
Detection units and CCU shall be of the manufacturer’s official product line. Other hardware listed shall be as recommended and approved by the detection unit manufacturer.
Unless there is a bid item for a detection system, the detection system, including but not limited to specified hardware, software, warranty, maintenance, and support, is included in the lump sum price paid for the traffic signal installation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Where indicated on the Plans for signalized intersection approaches when the vehicle detection area is more than one hundred feet from the associated stop bar, the Contractor shall supply and install a hybrid video/radar detector that can detect and differentiate vehicles and bicycles, in daylight and nighttime. The hybrid video/radar detector shall be “Iteris Vantage Vector on the Next Platform with shelf mount CCU” or approved equal.
Where indicated on the plans for signalized intersection approaches where the vehicle detection area is less than one hundred feet from the associated stop bar, the Contractor shall supply and install a video detector or hybrid video/radar detector that can detect and differentiate vehicles and bicycles, in daylight and nighttime. The video detector or hybrid video/radar detector shall be “Iteris Vantage Next Camera with shelf mount CCU” or “Iteris Vantage Vector on the Next Platform with shelf mount CCU” or approved equal. 49-5.02.A INSTALLATION
After the signal poles and arms have been erected, and before any holes are drilled, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer or Inspector and the area Signal Maintenance Supervisor at least five (5) working days in advance to request approval for mounting locations of the detection units. The Signal Maintenance Supervisor, or assigned signal technician, will meet with the Contractor and finalize/approve the exact mounting locations. If the Contractor installs detection units before receiving approval, the Contractor will need to relocate the detection unit or units as determined by the County at no cost to the Agency. The locations determined could be different from those indicated 125
on the Plans.
The detection units shall be mounted per manufacturer’s recommendations using 1” heavy stainless steel banding material. Video camera detection units shall be mounted on the signalmast arm using a six foot riser pole. Hybrid video/radar detection units shall normally be mounted directly on the signal mast arm, but may require installation on a six foot rise pole in cases with a shorter signal mast arm to avoid conflict with signs or EVP detector.
The Contractor shall supply and install continuous cabling without splices from each detection unit to the signal controller cabinet. Cabling shall be as recommended and approved by the detection system manufacturer.
Each cable shall have 10 feet of slack at the detection unit (stored inside the pull box closest to the pole) and 20 feet of slack at the signal cabinet (stored in the signal cabinet pull box) when connected and terminated in the final configuration.
The cable shall be physically supported, strain relieved, protected from chafing, and water sealed where the cable enters the mast arm, provided by a rubber grommet. The rubber grommet shall be located on the side of the mast arm facing away from the intersection and 45 degrees down from horizontal. A drip loop shall be provided in the cable.
The Contractor shall install all equipment and cables (including cable terminations) external to the signal controller cabinet. The Contractor shall provide to the Agency all equipment for inside the controller cabinet at least two (2) weeks prior to signal turn on.
The Agency shall install all equipment and make all cable terminations inside the signal controller cabinet, and perform initial programming and testing. 49-5.02.B WARRANTY
The supplier shall provide a three-year warranty of the detection system. During this period technical support shall be available from factory-certified personnel via telephone within 4 hours of receipt of request.
APPENDIX A
Labor Compliance Requirements for This Project
By submitting a bid for this project, you are agreeing to comply with the City’s Labor Compliance Program
LABOR COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
A summary of the labor compliance requirements will be presented at the pre-construction meeting. However, please read the attached documents relating to the labor compliance requirements and expectations for this project. You will be required to sign the labor compliance acknowledgment at the pre-construction meeting if you are awarded the project. For any questions regarding these requirements, please contact Jose R. Ledesma at [email protected], or Raquel Rich at [email protected].
Each contractor and subcontractor (at all levels/tiers) is required to submit certified payrolls and labor compliance documentation electronically at the discretion of and in the manner specified by, the City of Sacramento.
Electronic submittal will be through a web-based system, accessed on the World Wide Web by a web browser. Each contractor and subcontractor will be given a Log On identification and password to access the City of Sacramento reporting system, currently LCPTracker.
Use of the system may entail additional data entry of weekly payroll information including; employee identification, labor classification, total hours worked and hours worked on this project, wage and benefit rates paid, etc. The contractor’s payroll and accounting software may be capable of generating a ‘comma delimited file’ that will interface with the software. If the ‘comma delimited file’ option does not work, it is still the responsibility of the contractor and subcontractors to manually enter their data into LCPtracker, meeting the required deadlines for those documents.
This requirement ‘flows down’ to every lower-tier subcontractor and vendor required to provide labor compliance documentation.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
LABORCOMPLIANCE
HANDBOOK
2015
PUBLIC WORKS LABOR PROJECTS – LABOR COMPLIANCE
Revised 4-7-15 KW
City of Sacramento
LaborCompliance
Introduction
Contractors who are awarded contracts on City of Sacramento public works projects are subject to State and Federal Laws and regulations governing the payment and reporting of wages, the use of apprentices, and other applicable labor standards provisions. The City of Sacramento monitors prime contractors’ and subcontractors’ compliance with labor standards by collecting certified payroll records; conducting on-site interviews of works at the construction sites; when appropriate, audits of contractors’ records; and engaging in other activities, as necessary, to ensure labor compliance. Labor Compliance officers make preconstruction presentations to inform contractors of their obligations to comply with labor standards provisions.
Labor Compliance Requirements
(Prevailing Wage, SB 854 Etc.)
SB 854, a budget trailer bill that was signed into law on June 20, 2014, and became effective immediately, made several significant changes to laws pertaining to the administration and enforcement of prevailing wage requirements by the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR). Among other things, SB 854 established a new public works contractor registration program to replace prior Compliance Monitoring Unit (CMU) and Labor Compliance Program (LCP) requirements for bond-funded and other specified public works projects. The fees collected through this new program will be used to fund all of DIR’s public works activities, including compliance monitoring and enforcement, the determination of prevailing wage rates, public works coverage determinations, and hearing enforcement appeals.
Labor Code Section 1725.5 (enacted by SB 854) requires all contractors bidding on this contract, all subcontractors listed in a bid for this contract, and any contractor or subcontractor performing any work under this contract, to be currently registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), as specified in Labor Code Section 1725.5. Labor Code Section 1771.1 (enacted by SB 854) provides that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal (subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code), or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Every bidding contractor shall list the contractor’s current DIR registration number, and the current DIR registration number of all listed subcontractors, on the Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Verification Form included in the contractor’s bid.
SB 854 – Important Information for Contractors
o No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. o No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. o This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
o The prime contractor must post job site notices prescribed by regulation. (See 8 Calif. Code Reg. §16451(d) for the notice that previously was required for projects monitored by the CMU (Compliance Monitoring Unit.)
Essentials of public works contractor registration program:
o Contractors will be subject to a registration and annual renewal fee that has been set initially at $300. The fee is non-refundable and applies to all contractors and subcontractors who intend to bid or perform work on public works projects (as defined under the Labor Code).
o Contractors will apply and pay the fee online and must meet minimum qualifications to be registered as eligible to bid and work on public works projects:
o Must have workers’ compensation coverage for any employees and only use subcontractors who are registered public works contractors. o Must have Contractors State License Board license if applicable to trade. o Must have no delinquent unpaid wage or penalty assessments owed to any employee or enforcement agency.
o Must not be under federal or state debarment.
o Must not be in prior violation of this registration requirement once it becomes effective. However, for the first violation in a 12 month period, a contractor may still qualify for registration by paying an additional penalty. o The registration fee is not related to any project. It is more like a license that enables the registrant to bid on and perform public works.
Additionally, all contractors and subcontractors must furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement). The phase-in timetable for this requirement can be found on the following link at http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public- Works/SB854.html (also for all SB854 related information).
Prevailing Wage Requirements (except from Sacramento City Code 3.60.180) Every contract for any construction project, as defined in Section 1782 of the California Labor Code, to be performed within the state at the expense of the city, or paid out of city moneys, whether such work be done directly under contract award, or indirectly by or under subcontract, sub partnership, day labor, station work, piece work, or by any other arrangement whatsoever, must provide, in addition to other provisions required by law, that any person performing labor in the state in execution of such contracts, subcontract, sub partnership, day labor, station labor, piece work or any other arrangement shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of wages in private employment for similar work in the city; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions as to payment of the general prevailing rate of wages shall not apply to: (a) contracts for any construction project originally awarded or executed in an amount of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00) or less; (b) contracts for any alteration, demolition, repair, or maintenance work originally awarded or executed in an amount of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less; (c) materials for which no manufacturing plant exists in the city; or (d) standard materials or commodities carried in stock by dealers or manufacturers generally.
The general prevailing rate of wages shall be the general prevailing rate of wages for the area in which the city is located as determined by the director of the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773. Every contract for which the payment of the general prevailing rate of wages is required shall provide that the determination of the director of the Department of Industrial Relations in force at the time the notice to bidders is published with respect to the general prevailing rate of wages in private employment in the city for similar work shall be binding upon the parties any contract awarded as a result of such notice.
For more details, please refer to the applicable statutes and regulations regarding the payment of prevailing wages and General Prevailing Wage Determination(s) including the footnotes. Such information is available on the Department of Industrial Relations' website at http://www.dir.ca.gov/. Frequently asked questions can be found on the following link at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/FAQ_PrevailingWage.html.
These new requirements will apply to all public works that are subject to the prevailing wage requirements of the Labor Code, without regard to funding source.
Please refer to http://www.dir.ca.gov/ for general requirements by DIR (Department of Industrial Relations in the State of California).
For additional information about public works requirements, please visit the public works section at http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/PublicWorks.html.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LABOR
COMPLIANCE STAFF
Kirsten Wise, Labor Compliance Analyst
Department of General Services
[email protected]
916-808-4011
Brenda Kee, Contracts and Labor
Compliance -Department of P
[email protected]
916-808-1923
, Department of Public Works
@cityofsacramento.org
916-808-
Renee Graves, Contracts and Labor
Compliance- Department of Utilities
[email protected]
916-808-1465
Website:
STATE WAGE DETERMINATION
The State Wage Determination can be found on-line by accessing the following web site:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/
For additional information you may contact:
Division of Labor Statistics and Research (DLSR) (415) 703-4774 The State Wage Determinations list the basic crafts, (operating engineers, carpenters, laborers, etc.) by location; most sub trades (electricians, plumbers, etc.) are by county (In the event of multiple funding sources, a comparison of the state and federal determination must be made and the higher wage rate must be applied)
Our office will be glad to send you a copy of the wage determination, direct you to the appropriate website or answer any questions you may have. You may contact any of the compliance staff member’s by referring to the previous contacts page.
Issue Date:
The State Wage Determinations are published twice a year; February 22 and August 22, to reflect updated wage increases incurred. Please be cognizant that increase dates do vary.
Single Asterisk * (Good for life of project)
Example: Expiration Date of Determination: June 27, 2008* * E f f e c t i v e until superseded by new determination issued by the Director of Industrial Relations.
Contact Division of Labor Statistics and Research (415) 703-4774 for new rates after 10 days from the expiration date if no subsequent determination is issued.
Double Asterisks ** (Indicates expiration date & a wage or fringe benefit increase) Example: Expiration Date of Determination: June 30, 2009** ** The rate to be paid for work performed after this date has been determined. If work will extend past this expiration date, the new rate must be paid and should be incorporated in contracts entered into now. Contact Division of Labor Statistics and Research (415) 703-4774.
FEDERAL WAGE DETERMINATION
Web Site
The Federal Wage Determination can be found on-line by accessing the following web site:
http://www.wdol.gov
The Davis-Bacon Act (DBA) requires the payment of prevailing wage rates (which are determined by the US Department of Labor) to all workers employed in the execution of the contract on federally funded construction projects. (In the event of multiple funding sources, a comparison of the state and federal determination must be made and the higher wage rate must be applied). Applicable Federal Wage Determinations are included in the bid package. . Our office will be glad to assist you or answer any questions you may have. You may contact any of the compliance staff member’s by referring to the contact information provided.
Publication Date
There is no set date that the Federal Wage Determination is published; it is modified as needed.
Good for the Life of the Project
The applicable Federal Wage Determination is good for the life of the project.
On-Site Posting Required
All contractors must post a copy of the applicable State and/or Federal Wage Determination.
Apprentices on Public Work Projects
Summary of Requirements
California Labor Code Section 1777.5 requires all public works contractors and subcontractors to:
1. Submit contract award information
2. Employ registered apprentices
3. Make training fund contributions
Submit contract award information:
If you are a contractor already approved to train apprentices (a member of a DAS recognized Apprenticeship Committee
“Contractors who are already approved to train apprentices must provide contract award information to the apprenticeship committee for each applicable apprenticeable craft or trade that has approved the contractor in the area of the site of the of the public works project.” The Contract Award Information must be in writing and submitted to the applicable committee(s) within 10 days of the date of the prime or subcontract but in no event later than the first day the contractor has workers employed on the public works project. You may use form DAS 140 for this purpose. This is simply a notification of award; it is not automatically a request for dispatch of a registered apprentice.
If you are not already approved to train by an Apprenticeship Committee Contractors not already approved to train apprentices must submit Contract Award Information (DAS 140) to every apprenticeship program in the geographic area of the public works project, for each craft you intend to employ on the project. You can determine which apprenticeship programs are approved in specific geographic locations by clicking on the following link http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/pwaddrstart.asp The Contract Award Information must be in writing and submitted to the applicable committee(s) within 10 days of the date of the prime or subcontract but in no event later than the first day the contractor has workers employed on the public works project. This is simply a notification of award; it is not automatically a request for dispatch of a registered apprentice.
Employ registered apprentices:
A contractor on a public works project must employ one (1) hour of apprentice work for every five (5) hours performed by a journeyman. Title 8 California Code of Regulations, Section 230.1.for each separate craft at the end of a project. Please check the DAS Important notices to determine if any exemptions exist for your craft or trade. http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm All contractors must request dispatch of an apprentice from an apprenticeship program (for each apprenticeable craft or trade) by giving the program actual notice of at least 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) before the date on which apprentices are required. A DAS 142 form is provided for this purpose. All requests for dispatch must be in writing and sent by first class mail, fax or email.
Contractors who do not receive a sufficient number of apprentices from their initial request, must request dispatch apprentices from all other apprenticeship committees, if more than one exists in the area of the public works project. To determine which apprenticeship programs are approved for your craft or trade in a specific geographic location click the following link http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/pwaddrstart.asp Ratios:
How many apprentices must I employ on a Public Works project? At the end of the project, your straight time apprentice hours must equal a total of 1 hour for every 5 straight time journeyman hours for each separate craft. For example, if you have a total of 100 journeyman hours at the end of the project, you would need 20 apprentice hours in that same craft.
Can I mix and match crafts to reach the minimum ratio?
No. The minimum ratio requirement is per each individual craft and only includes straight time hours.
Do overtime hours count toward the minimum ratio?
No, only straight time hours count. Be careful not to confuse premium pay with overtime pay.
What is the maximum number of apprentices I can use on a Public Works Project? It depends on which box you have checked on your DAS 140. If you checked box 1 or 2 and fall under the regulations set forth in a specific program’s standards, then you are allowed to use the maximum ratio set forth in those Standards. If you have checked box 3 and agreed to be governed by the regulations set forth by the California Apprenticeship Council then the minimum and maximum ratio is the same: 1 apprentice hour for every 5 journeyman hours totaled at the end of the project.
I am a contractor who is approved to train by an approved program and am covered by their Standards, or I am a contractor who has agreed to be covered by a program’s Standards for a single project. How do I know what the Standards allow for that program’s maximum apprentice ratios? You can ask the program for a copy of their Standards or a copy of the language in Article XV which covers ratios.
Or you can call the DAS office nearest the location for that program and request the same.
Make Training Fund Contributions:
Contractors who are awarded public works jobs must make training fund contributions in the amount established in the prevailing wage rate publication for journeymen and apprentices. This nominal fee contributes to the assurance that new apprentices coming into the craft will be guaranteed the highest level of training and as skilled craftsmen retire, the trade will survive.
Contractors who contribute to an apprenticeship program are entitled to a full credit in the amount of those contributions. Contractors who do not contribute to an apprenticeship program must submit their contributions to the California Apprenticeship Council, P. O. Box 511283, Los Angeles, California 90051-7838.
Training fund contributions to the Council are due and payable on the 15th day of the month for work performed during the preceding month. The contribution should be paid by check and be accompanied be a completed training fund contribution form or a letter containing the following information:
1. The name, address and telephone number of the contractor making the contribution.
2. The contractor’s license number.
3. The name and address of the public agency that awarded the contract.
4. The jobsite location, including the county where the work was performed.
5. The contract or project number.
6. The time period covered by the enclosed contributions.
7. The contribution rate and total hours worked by apprenticeable occupation.
8. The name of the program(s) that provide apprentices, if any.
9. The number of apprentice hours worked, by apprenticeable occupation and by program.
Subject to change for most recent documentation please click on the following link:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/das DASApprenticesOnPublicWorksSummaryOfRequirements.htm Are you exempt?
What are the instances in which a contractor on a public works project is considered exempt from the requirements of LC 1777.5?
1. Labor Code 1777.5 does not apply to general contractors whose contract is under $30,000.
2. When the craft or trade is not apprenticeable.
3. When the contractor holds a sole proprietor license and no workers were employed by the contractor.
In other words, the contractor performed the entire work from start to finish and worked alone.
4. When the project is a federal project and the funding of the project does not contain any city, county, and/or state monies unless the project is administered by a state agency in which case the apprenticeship requirements apply.
5. When the project is a private project not covered by the definition of public works as found in Labor Code section 1720.
What if I am exempt from the requirements of California Labor Code Section 1777.5 as my situation falls under one of the exemptions listed above? Do I still have to provide a "Notice of Contract Award" (DAS 140 form) to the applicable program?
You do not have to submit a "Notice of Contract Award". However, for purposes of letting the applicable program know of your exemption, you may, nevertheless, want to provide the form to the applicable program so they are aware of your exemption.
If I have an Individual Contractor Exemption granted by the Chief of DAS per Labor Code § 1777.5 (j), or § 1777.5(k), do I still need to send a DAS 140 to the appropriate programs? Yes, you still need to submit a Notice of Contract Award Information (DAS 140) to the appropriate Program Committees. The Individual Contractor Exemptions and Program Committee exemptions pertain to the ratio of apprentices on a public works project and do not eliminate the DAS 140 requirement.
I am a small subcontractor and my job will take less than 40 hours. Am I exempt from hiring apprentices?
No, you must still submit a DAS 140 and 142. However, you may request apprentices in less than 8 hour increments. Important Notice: see changes in Code of Regulations section 230.1, regarding the employment of apprentices on Public Works.
What is a registered apprentice?
An apprentice is someone who has signed an agreement with an employer, an approved apprenticeship program or program sponsor, and whose agreement is registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS). Only an approved apprenticeship program can provide a contractor with a registered apprentice on public works projects.
Do programs that provide apprentices for public works projects provide workers compensation benefits for the apprentice they send out to jobs or is the responsibility of the contractor and/or subcontractor?
This responsibility lies with the contractor and/or subcontractor.
How can I find the names of the applicable approved apprenticeship programs/committees?
1. Contact the DAS District office whose assigned geographic areas of responsibility cover the county/ies in which the public works project is located.
2. Visit our interactive website
As a contractor who has been awarded a public works contract, and has my own employees, am I still required hiring registered apprentices?
Yes. Important Notice: see changes in Code of Regulations sections 230.1, regarding the employment of apprentices on Public Works
I am a non-union contractor. Am I required to hire an apprentice? Yes, you must request dispatch from all approved programs in the geographic area of the project.
Can I employ my friend, family, or my own employee who is still beginning to learn a particular trade, as an apprentice?
No. The law requires that you employ only apprentices who are registered with an approved program. However, if your friend or your employee is a registered apprentice, and has been dispatched to you by an approved apprenticeship program, yes you can.
What happens if I employed my friend who is not a registered apprentice and I paid him the journeyman rate?
You may employ your friend and pay him journey wages but this does not affect the apprenticeship requirements.
What are the benefits and advantages to hiring a registered apprentice? The benefits of hiring an apprentice registered in a state approved program are:
1. Lower pay rate than the journeyman pay rate.
2. Elimination of recruitment programs for workers who are already trained.
3. Creates a diversified and flexible workforce and larger pool of employees with specific skills.
4. Increases productivity; employees in a structured training program are motivated to achieve.
EMPLOYMENTOFAPPRENTICES
A. Bidder is directed to the provisions in Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 of the California Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by a Contractor and any subcontractor performing a public works Contract.
1. Labor Code section 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprentice-able occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee in the area of the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program for a certificate of approval. Contractor or subcontractor shall not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local joint apprenticeship committees provided they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen and contributions to funds to administer apprenticeship programs shall be determined by Section 1777.5 and the responsibility for compliance with that section for all apprentice-able occupations shall be with the General Contractor.
2. Labor Code section 1777.5 does not apply to Contracts of general contractors or to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or Prime Contractor, when the contracts of general contractors or those specialty contractors, involve less than Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000). This is the sum of the total contract amount not the individual contracts that are held between a prime contractor and their sub tiers. A contractor who willfully violates Labor Code section 1777.5 shall be denied the right to bid on or receive a public works contract for a period of up to one (1) year for the first violation, and for a period up to three (3) years for the second and subsequent violations, from the date the determination of noncompliance made by the Administrator of Apprenticeship becomes an order of the California Apprenticeship Council. Contractor shall also be subject to the payment of the civil penalty as provided in Labor Code section 1777.7. Interpretation and enforcement of said Sections 1777.5 and 1777.7 shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures of the California Apprenticeship Council.
This information is provided as a guide. If there are any discrepancies between the language in this handbook and the specifications in the bid package for this project, the bid package shall prevail.
For the most up to date and current apprenticeship information refer to the DIR website.
ALL CURRENT AND APPRETICEABLE TRADES/CRAFTS WITHIN SACRAMENTO COUNTY
Asbestos Worker, Heat and Frost Insulator Parking and Highway Improvement (Striper) Boilermaker-Blacksmith Painter
Bricklayer, Stonemason Plasterer
Carpenter – All Related Trades Plaster Tender
Carpet, Linoleum and Resilient Floor Layer Roofer
Cement Mason Landscape/Irrigation Fitter
Drywall Installer/Lather (Carpenter) Sprinkler Fitter (Fire Protection/Fire Control Drywall Finisher (Painter) Pile Driver Operating Engineer Electrician, Inside Wireman Pile Driver (Carpenter)
Electrical Utility Lineman Parking and Highway Improvements Painter Elevator Constructor Plumber/Steamfitter
Field Surveyor Chainman/Rodman Pipefitter
Chief of Party Underground/Utility Pipefitter
Glazer Metal Roofing System Installer
Electrician (Comm & System Installer) Sheet Metal Worker Electrician (Comm & System Tech, Cable Splicer) Stator Re-winder Iron Worker Terrazzo Finisher
Laborer Terrazzo Worker
Marble Finisher/ Marble Mason/ Marble Setter Tile Setter Millwright Tile Finisher
Operating Engineer Steel Erector & Fabricator
Operating Engineer (Dredger) Tunnel/Underground (Operating Engineer) Building Construction Inspector Tunnel Worker (Laborer) Operating Engineer (Landscape Construction) Parking & Highway Improvement (Striper-Laborer) Pointer, Caulker and Cleaner Bricktender
Acoustical Installer (Carpenter) Scaffolding and Shoring Erector (Carpenter) Hardwood Floor Layer (Carpenter Shingler (Carpenter)
Insulation Installer (Carpenter) Communications & System Installer Field Surveyor Instrument man Taper
Roofer Metal Deck and Siding
If using any of the listed crafts you will be required to request an apprentice and play into the apprentice-able craft training program that is applicable.
This list is subject to change
The website to see the latest list of apprenticeable trades is:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/pwappwage/ PWAppWageStart.asp
STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
DIVISION OF APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS
DISTRICT OFFICE
2424 Arden Way, Suite 160
Sacramento, CA 95825
APPRENTICESHIP COMMITTEES FOR SACRAMENTO COUNTY
Please visit: http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/aigstart.asp to verify the committee for your specific trade.
(You may access the Department of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) directly @ www.dir.ca.gov/DAS to research available apprenticeship programs by selecting a specific county and an occupation group) CAC Training Fund Contributions
Payment of Training Fund Contributions must be sent to the California Apprenticeship Council (CAC) if the contractor is not signatory to an apprenticeship committee. The CAC will then distribute the funds to the proper apprenticeship committees. However, the CAC IS NOT AN APPRENTICESHIP COMMITTEE and will not accept the DAS140 or DAS142 forms.
California Apprenticeship Council(CAC)
P.O. Box 511283
Los Angeles, CA 90051-7838
(You may access the Department of Apprenticeship Standards(DAS) directly @ www.dir.ca.gov/DAS to research available apprenticeship programs by selecting a specific county and an occupation group)
Become an apprentice
Find an apprenticeship program
Find a registered apprentice
Train employees through
apprenticeship
Program sponsors
Use apprentices on public works
projects
I built it!
Apprenticeship Council meetings
DIR Laws and Regulations
Veterans
About Us (Overview of DAS)
Contact
Locations
DAS Home
CA.gov | Contact DIR | Press Room
This Site California
Home Labor Law Cal/OSHA - Safety & Health Workers' Comp Self Insurance Apprenticeship Director's Office Boards CAC - Public works training fund contributions
Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS)
Training Fund Search
This search function allows awarding agencies, labor and contract compliance organizations, contractors, and other interested parties to view and print a specific contractor’s Training Fund contribution paid to the California Apprenticeship Council for the previous 24 months. The payment of the training funds is regulated by California Labor Code 1777.5(m) (1)
Please enter the contractor’s license number to begin search.
If you do not know the contractor’s license number you may search for it at this site: www.cslb.ca.gov For employers without a Contractor’s license you may look up the id number that was assigned If you have any comments, questions or suggestions please send them to [email protected] Who we are
DIR Divisions, Boards & Commissions
Contact DIR
Licensing, registrations, certifications & permits
Notification of actives
Public Records Act
Site Map
Frequently Asked Questions
Jobs at DIR
Conditions of Use Privacy Policy Disclaimer Disability accommodation Site Help Copyright © 2014 State of California
PRE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
NOTICE TOPROCEED
Project #PROJECT NUMBER
PROJECT NAME
DATE
PRIME NAME
PRIME ADDRESS
PRIME CITY, STATE, ZIP
Notice is hereby given you are authorized to commence work on the above referenced project on DATE. You are legally required to begin work within fifteen (15) working days of this date. The entire work on the project must be completed within SPELLED OUT NUMBER OF DAYS (NUMERICAL NUMBER OF DAYS) working days from the date of this notice. Forty eight hours prior to starting work, please notify the Project Manager, PM NAME at (916) 808-EXT or PM [email protected]. Please address all correspondence to:
City of Sacramento
DEPARTMENT NAME
DEPARTMENT ADDRESS
DEPARTMENT CITY, STATE ZIP
Attn: PM NAME
Please reference City Project # PROJECT NUMBER in all billing correspondence. We look forward to a mutually successful project. The City of Sacramento is committed to the "Partnering Concept" of open communication and cooperative construction. In that spirit, please do not hesitate to contact me at (916) 808-CONTRACT & COMP EXT or CONTRACT & COMP [email protected] if I can be of any assistance.
Respectfully, Receipt Acknowledge,
CONTRACT & COMP NAME Date Signature Date
Contracts & Compliance Specialist
Cc: CONTRACT & COMP NAME, ACCOUNTING NAME, PM NAME
Labor Compliance Requirements
DATE:
JOB:
PROJECT
Contract Administrator:
Labor Compliance Officer:
Project Manager:
Inspector:
Prime Contractor:
In accordance to City of Sacramento Ordinance Section 360.180 the following is to comply with the City of Sacramento prevailing wage provision and contract provisions.
The award of a public works contract requires that all workers employed on the project be paid not less than the specified general prevailing wage rates by the contractor and its subcontractors. Owner Operators are not exempt from this requirement (LC § 1771, LC §1774).
Current Prevailing Wage Rates can be accessed at http://www.dir.ca.govh/dlsr/pwd. NOTE: The first bid advertisement date of the project determines the applicable wage for this project. Please check your bid advertisement date to make sure you are using the correct determination.
Superseded prevailing wage determinations can be obtained at http://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/ main.htm.
Prevailing wage rates and rate changes are to be posted at the job site for workers to view.
If Federal Funded: Davis/Bacon prevailing wage rates apply, unless State prevailing wage rates are required.
Prevailing Wage Requirements
All workers employed in the execution of a public works project, including sole proprietors, partners, and corporate officers, must be paid not less than the specified prevailing wage rates for the type of work performed. Reference: Labor Code 1774
Overtime must be paid for all hours over 8 in a calendar day and 40 hours in a week. Violations may subject the contractor to a state penalty of $25 per day per worker. References: Labor Code 1810- 1815 Saturday/Sunday premium rates are applicable as indicated on prevailing wage determinations.
When required shift differential rates must be paid for classifications which include a shift determination.
State Prevailing Wage Determinations
* Single asterisk indicates that this wage determination can be used for the life of the contract. **Double asterisk indicates that this wage determination includes predetermined increases.
Subsistence/Zone pay must be shown on the fringe benefit statement if not shown on certified payroll.
The contractor must make applicable travel and subsistence payments in accordance with information on file with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) for classifications utilized. Call the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774 or available at: (415) 703-4774 or available at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/PWD/index.htm Reference: Labor Code 1773.1 Contractors violating prevailing wage requirements are subject to a penalty of up to $200 per day per worker, paid in addition to any wage underpayments. Liquidated damages in the amount of the wage underpayments may also apply. References: Labor Code 1775 and 1742.1 Apprentices
All requirements of the State Labor Code, Section 1777.5 apply including the following:
(This is for all contracts, work or task orders executed that are over $30,000) Submit Division of Industrial Relations form DAS-140, Public Works Contract Award Information, to the applicable apprenticeship committee prior to start of work. This form must be uploaded into LCPtracker with proof of service included. The form may be downloaded at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm
Submit Division of Industrial Relations form DAS-142- Request for Dispatch of Apprentices (Prime and Sub-Contractors.) This form must be uploaded into LCPtracker with proof of service included.
The form may be downloaded at: http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm Training fees MUST be sent to a state-approved apprenticeship program or the California Apprenticeship Council and identified on the fringe benefit statement. CAC-2 Form and are due monthly by the 15th. Training Fund Contribution Letter -are due monthly by Prime and Sub- Contractors. (If you are a Union Contractor submit the CAC-2 form stating funds are paid to specific trust fund and letter verifying those funds have been paid please upload both forms in LCPTracker.net)
Apprentices must be paid the prevailing wage rate applicable to the classification and step in which they are registered and employed.
Proof of registration in a state-approved apprenticeship program is required and must be submitted with the first payroll on which apprentices appear. The apprentice certificate is to be uploaded into LCPtracker prior to approval. References: Labor Code 1777.5; Contract Provision Complaints or violations regarding apprentice ratios will be referred to DAS. Reference: CCR 16434 Certified Payroll Records
• Certified Payroll Reports (CPR) Input into LCPTracker.net and delivered to the DIR as of April 1, 2015. The CPR’s for the prime contractor and all sub-contractors must now be reported to the City of Sacramento and the State of California. CPR’s are due within ten (10) days of pay period end date. CPR’s shall contain the same information for compliance with LC § 1776. Classification and group numbers are required on all payrolls. When work classification is not shown the City will determine the wage rate based on duties performed.
Due minimum of bi-weekly with a Statement of Compliance for each pay period. (Located on LCPTracker.net under edocs) Reminder: wage increase for Master Agreements usually occurs on 06/15 and 06/29 or 06/30.
• Negative Payroll Report Due within ten (10) days of pay period end date if there is five (5) or more consecutive non-work days within any single pay period. • Fringe Benefit Statement: Form 420 (Located on LCPTracker.net under edocs) Paid in cash or contributions to plans/programs are due with first certified payroll report and anytime the fringe benefits change. Please breakdown all fringes paid to employee and to what program they are being paid to. Documentation that the amount stated on the fringe benefit statement is being paid on the employees behalf may be requested for validation. If fringes are paid in cash please list a breakdown of those cash amounts. • Other Deductions –Need to be detailed on the CPR and must be expressly authorized in writing by the employee or collective bargaining agreement. A form signed by the employee is uploaded into LCPtracker.net. If the employer does not have a form there is one available in the eDocuments tab on LCPtracker.net
Listing of Subcontractors
Contractors and subcontractors are required to list all suppliers and subcontractors hired to perform work on a public works project (in accordance to contract standard specification). No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act requires prime contractors to list, at bid time, all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid amount or $10,000, whichever is greater. For building projects, subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent must be listed. The prime must use those subs as listed at bid time unless a written substitution is requested and approved in writing by the Contracts Specialist and Project Manager before substitution. References: Public Contract Code 4100-4114; Standard Specifications 5, Control of Work
Subcontracting Request, Prime Contractor update the Form 300 (List of Subcontractors & Suppliers) before they begin work at the jobsite and anytime there is an approved substitution. The prime must perform 30 percent of the work with their own forces.
The prime contractor is responsible for work performed and that all compliance is met by subcontractors and owner- operators. The Contractor shall perform with its own organization and with the assistance of workers under its immediate superintendence, work of a value not less than twenty percent (20%) of the value of all work in the contract.
Failure to comply with the requirements of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act may result in a penalty of 0-10 percent of the subcontract involved and a referral to the Contractors State License Board.
Reference: Public Contract Code 4110-4111
List of Subcontractors & Suppliers: Form 300 (Located on LCPTracker.net under edocs) Per Government Section 4100 et seq; prohibition against unfair competition Business & Professions Code Section 17200-17208, you must list suppliers and the amount of their product (s). Form is due within ten (10) days of pre-construction meeting.
Pay Requests
The Labor Compliance Officer shall notify the contractor and the Project Manager of noncompliance and labor issues prior to pay requests approval. Advance notice of submission to the Compliance Officer is appreciated. You must submit a current schedule of values with each pay request and you must have all labor compliance requirements met before submitting a pay request. Failure to meet the labor compliance requirements will result in your pay request being denied and returned to you for full compliance. Pay request must be submitted to the inspector for his/her review first. The inspector will then forward the request to the Project Manager and the Labor Compliance Officer for their review. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776, the City of Sacramento will impose penalties of $100 per day per worker for each day the documentation that is requested is considered late (beyond the 10 days from when notice is given), even if the information you eventually submit is found to be correct. This information is to be uploaded into LCPtracker.net. If you have been asked to make any corrections to the documents submitted, we ask that you make the requested corrections and re-upload the corrected document into LCPtracker as soon as possible. As progress payments may be delayed while these items are outstanding, it would be in your best interest to see that these documents are provided as soon as possible.
Completion of Project
• Contractor Notification of Completion: Form 264 must be submitted into LCP Tracker, due upon completion of all punch list items established during final job walk.
All of these forms discussed in this document are located on LCPTracker.net under the eDocuments tab.
In accordance with city policy and contract documents, the undersigned contractor herein certifies that it will comply with the foregoing prevailing wage requirements; and fully understands that failure to comply with these requirements will subject it to the penalties cited herein.
Contractor Signature Title Date
Start-Up Documents Due Prior to Start of Construction:
1. Certification Statement of Contractor:
a) If there is any contractor working as an “Independent Contractor”, “OwnerOperator”, “Sole Proprietor” or “Leased Worker” the certification form must be filled out.
b) The original is to be submitted prior to, or concurrent with, the first payroll in which the Independent Contractor, Owner-Operator, Sole Proprietor or Leased Worker commences work.
2. Authorization Letter for Signing Certified Payroll
a) To be signed by company officer or owner and uploaded into LCPtracker prior to the first CertifiedPayroll Report.
b) This document lets the Labor Compliance Department know whom is authorized to sign certify payroll reports and other documents on behalf of the Contractor.
3. FORM 300 List of all Subcontractors and Suppliers:
a) To be filled out and uploaded within 10 days of the preconstruction meeting and prior to the first Certified Payroll Report.
b) This document lets the Labor Compliance Department know who will be working on this project. This is checked against initial form that was submitted with bid documents. If there are any changes during the life of the construction projected this form is to be updated and the Labor Compliance Officer is to be made aware of changes.
c) This form is to be filled out by all Subcontractors and their lower level subs and uploaded into LCPtracker.
4. Checklist of Labor Law Requirements:
a) To be filled out and signed by the contractor and all sub tier contractors prior to start of their work on the construction project. Please check all boxes that apply.
5. Fringe Benefit Statement:
a) Asterisk or note any form of benefits that are included in the payroll reports should be listed out as an “hourly” rate of pay for each trade used. b) If fringe payments are made directly to the employee in lieu of fringes please note “paid in cash” under the applicable fringe payment and breakdown the hourly rate that is paid to the employee in cash.
c) Must be re-submitted when wage rates are updated, with effective dates and/or any changes in fringes are made.
6 DAS-140- Public Works Contract Award Information Form:
a) Contract award information must be sent to your Apprenticeship Committee if you are approved to train apprentices. If you are NOT approved to train apprentices you must send the information to ALL applicable Apprenticeship Committees in your craft or trade in the area of the Public Works Project. b) After you have completed the DAS-140 Form mail the original(s) to the appropriate Joint Apprentice Training Committee(s) within (10) days of the date of the execution of the prime contractors subcontract, but in no even later than the first day in which the contractor has workers employed upon the public work (CA Labor Code 1777.5 (e)).
c) Upload a copy of the form or all forms submitted with proof of deliver to the LCPtracker.net program under the e-Documents Tab. The form of proof can be certifiedmail or fax confirmation.
d) All Applicable Joint Apprentice Training Committee (s) may be found at: http://www.dir.ca.gov/Databases/das/pwaddrstart.asp/ e) Templates available for download can be found at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htmor on LCPtracker.net under the e-Documents tab.
7 DAS-7- Agreement to Train Apprentices Form:
a) IF Applicable: (Checked box 1 on the DAS 140)
i. Submit your DAS-7 or equivalent certification and upload into LCPtracker.net under the e-Documents tabs and inform the labor compliance person monitoring your project. This form can be submitted with your DAS-140 form.
8 DAS-142 Request for Dispatch of an Apprentice Form:
a) Send to the Joint Apprentice Training Committees (JATC) in your craft or trade in the geographic area of the Public Works Project to request the dispatch of an apprentice before starting work at the site and as needed throughout the project. b) Employment of Apprentices on Public Works project- (a) Contractor(s) shall employ registered apprentice(s), as definedbyChapter 4 (commencing with Section 3070) of Division 3, during the performance of a Public Work Project in accordance with the required (1) hour of work performed by an apprentice for every (5) hours of labor performedby a journeyman, unless coveredby one of the exemptions enumerated in the Labor Code Section 1777.5 or this subchapter.
c) Provide a copy of your apprenticeship program’s standards if they operate under a different ration then the California Labor Codes & Regulations. d) Template available for download can be found at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm
REQUIRED
FORMS PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION
Classification Worksheet
A separate form must be filled out for each contractor/subcontractor performing on the project.
Project Name
Project Number
Contractor Name
Contact Name
Contact Phone
Contact Email
CSLB/Certificate #
Classification(s) being Utilized (check all that apply) Asbestos Carpet/Linoleum
Electricians Laborers
Pile Drivers Sheet Metal
Boilermaker Cement Mason
Elevator Mechanic Millwrights
Pipe Trades Sound/Communication
Bricklayers Drywall Finisher
Glaziers Operating Engineer
Plasterer Surveyor
Carpenter Drywall/Lather
Iron Workers Painters
Roofers Teamster
Tile Workers Other (specify)
PLACE ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD
Date: April 25, 2014
INSERT PROJECT OWNER Address
INSERT PRIME SUBCONTRACTOR Address
To whom it may concern:
I, the undersigned, hereby authorize .............................. to sign on our behalf in all manners relating to certified payroll, including signing of all certified payroll related documents. Any and all acts carried out by ........................................ on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own.
This affirm that the signatories identified above have the authority under penalty of perjury to affirm that required forms and certified payroll records are originals or are full, true and correct copies of the original and correctly depict the Trades, Crafts and Classifications of work performed; hours and days worked; and the amounts by category listed, disbursed by way of cash, check, or in whatever form or manner to each person by job classification and/or skill pursuant to public works contract.
This authorization is valid until further written notice from (COMPANY NAME).
Sincerely,
(Company counsel or company officer's signature)
(Name Address and Title)
City of Sacramento PW-300 Form Instructions: The Prime Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to submit the PW-300 via LCPTracker.net. If there are no subs or suppliers, state on the PW-300 and upload. If you are a Subcontractor with no additional lower tier subs place the Prime Contractors information in the Prime Contractor box and list yourself as the Subcontractor. Fill out the information that is known. If you are a Subcontractor with lower tier subs please put your company name under the Prime Contractor field and all subs under the Subcontractors List field. Please refer to Public Contract Code 4107 regarding changes to subcontractor listing. If there are any changes made to this list during the duration of the project which might include an additional subcontractor/supplier or eliminating a subcontractor/supplier then a revision to the PW-300 Form is required. DIR REGISTRATION # MANDATORY PRIME CONTRACTOR Date Project # Name ProjectName Address: Contract # City, State, Zip Total ContractAmount ContactName/Phone # Estimated Start Date Email Estimated Completion Date DIR Registration # Federal Tax ID # Contractor Lic. # State Tax ID # SUBCONTRACTORS LIST SUBCONTRACTOR Name ContactName/Phone # Address: Email City, State, Zip Description of services Contractor Lic. # Estimated Start Date: DIR Registration # Estimated Completion Date Contract $ Value LBE/EBE/DBE SUBCONTRACTOR Name ContactName/Phone # Address: Email City, State, Zip Description of services Contractor Lic. # Estimated Start Date: DIR Registration # Estimated Completion Date Contract $ Value LBE/EBE/DBE SUBCONTRACTOR Name ContactName/Phone # Address: Email City, State, Zip Description of services Contractor Lic. # Estimated Start Date: DIR Registration # Estimated Completion Date Contract $ Value LBE/EBE/DBE Add additional pages if necessary. Revised 03/22/2015 1 of 3 City of
S
a
c
r
amento PW-300 Form SUBCONTRACTORS LIST
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Name
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, State, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Name
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, State, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Na
m
e
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, State, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Name
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, State, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Name
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, Stat
e, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E
SUB
C
ONT
RA
C
TOR Name
ContactNa
m
e/P
hon
e
#
Address: Email City, State, Zip
Descri
ptio
n
of services
Contractor Lic.
#
Esti
mate
d Start Date: DIR
Registratio
n
#
Esti
mate
d
C
o
mpletio
n
Dat
e
Contract $ V
alu
e
L
BE/E
BE/
D
B
E Revised 03/22/2015 2 of 3
City of Sacramento PW-300 Form Add additional pages if necessary. SUPPLIERS LIST Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount SUPPLIER Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount SUPPLIER Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount SUPPLIER Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount SUPPLIER Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount SUPPLIER Name Contact Address: Phone City, State, Zip Email Description of materials $ Amount Add additional pages if necessary. I have completed the documentation accurately Signature: and to the best of my knowledge. Date: Revised 03/22/2015 3 of 3 Ultimately the prime contractor is liable for their sub and specialty contractors. This checklist is a useful tool fortheprimecontractor toensurethat theirsubandspecialty contractors know their (CCR Title 8, Section 16421) responsibilities on public works projects. Contractors who understand and comply with the law are more likely to deliver the job on time, on budget and done right the first time. We suggest the Prime contractor encourage completion of this checklist by their sub and specialty contractors.
NAME (print) Date
Company Phone
Address Fax
City State Zip Code
Project Manager Superintendent/Foreman
Certified Payroll Phone/Ext.
Contractor License NO. Exp. Date Specialty License NO.
Self-insured Certificate NO. Workers Comp policy NO.
Project NAME Project #/Bid Package#
Awarding Body Advertisement Date
If Subcontracting, List your prime/general Contractor
Contract Award Amount
The Federal AND State Labor LAW requirements Applicable to the Contract Are Composed OF, But Not Limited to, the Following:
The contractor to whom the contract is awarded and its subcontractors hired for the public works project are required to pay not less than the specified general prevailing wage rates to all workers employed in the execution of the contract.
Labor Code Section 1770et seq. The contractor is responsible for ascertaining and complying with all current general prevailing wage rates for crafts and any rate changes that occur during the life of the contract. Information on all prevailing wage rates and all rate changes are to be posted at the job site for all workers to view. Additionally, current wage rate information can be found at the DLSR web site, www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/statistics_research.html.
It is the duty of the contractor and subcontractors to employ registered apprentices on the public works project and to comply with all aspects of Labor Code Section 1777.5, relating to Apprentices on public Works. (1) Notify approved apprenticeship programs of contract award; (2) employ apprentices; (3) pay training fund contributions.
There are penalties required for contractor’s/subcontractor’s failure to pay prevailing wages and for failure to employ apprentices, including forfeitures and debarment under Labor Code Sections 1775; 1776; 1777.1; 1777.7and1813. under Labor Code Section 1776, contractors and subcontractors are required to keep accurate payroll records showing the name, address, social security number and work classification of each employee and owner performing work; also the straight time and overtime hours worked each day for each week, the fringe benefits, and, the actual per diem wage paid to each owner, journey person, apprentice worker or other employee hired in connection with the public works project.
This requirement includes and applies to all subcontractors performing work on Awarding Body projects even if their portion of the work is less than one half of one percent (0.05%) of the total amount of the contract.
The certified payroll records shall contain the same data fields listed on the Public Works Payroll Reporting Form (A-1-131) and contain or is accompanied by a declaration made under penalty of perjury. (California Code of Regulations, Section 16401).
Prime Contractors are responsible for submittal of their payrolls and those of their respective subcontractors as one package.
Any payroll not submitted in the proper form will be rejected. In the event that there has been no work performed during a Given week, the certified payroll report shall be annotated: “No work” for that week or a Non-performance Statement must be submitted.
Employee payroll records shall be certified and shall be made available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the contractor/subcontractor, or shall be furnished to any employee, or his/her authorized representative on request, pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776. Under Labor Code Section 1776(g) there are penalties required for contractor’s/subcontractor’s failure to maintain and submit copies of certified payroll records on request.
There exist prohibitions against employment discrimination under Labor Code Sections 1735 and 1777.6, The Government Code, the Public Contracts Code, and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
Contractors and subcontractors are prohibited from recapturing wages illegally by accepting or extracting “kickbacks” from employee wages under Labor Code Section 1778. There exists a prohibition against contractor/subcontractor acceptance of fees for registering any person for public work under Labor Code Section 1779; or for filling work orders on public works contracts pursuant to Labor Code Section 1780. All prime contractors are required to list properly all subcontractors hired to perform work on the public works projects covering more than one-half of one percent, pursuant to Government Code Section 4104. Contractors are required to be licensed properly and to require that all subcontractors be properly licensed. Penalties are required for employing workers while unlicensed under Labor Code Section 1021 and under the California Contractor License Law found at Business and Professions Code Section 7000 et seq. Contractors and sub-contractors are prohibited from engaging in unfair competition as specified under Business and Professions Code Sections 17200 to 17208.
Labor Code Section 1861 requires that contractors and subcontractors be insured properly for Workers Compensation.
Contractors and subcontractors are required to abide by the Occupational, Safety and Health laws and regulations that apply to the particular construction project.
The federal prohibition against hiring undocumented workers, and the requirement to secure proof of eligibility/citizenship from all workers, is required.
Labor Code Section 226 requires that employees be provided with itemized wage statements.
I acknowledge that I have been informed and am aware of the foregoing requirements and that I am authorized to make this certification on behalf of
(Company Name)
I fully understand that failure to comply with any of the above requirements may subject me, or my company, to penalties as provided above.
Contractor (Signature) (Date)
Awarding Agency /Labor Compliance program
(Signature) (Date)
How to Fill out the DAS 140 Correctly:
Process:
If the total dollar value of a project exceeds $30,000, apprentice must be requested. The DAS-140 form is to be forwarded directly to an apprenticeship committee of the contractor’s choice, and a copy with verification of proof of submission uploaded into SDCRAA Labor Compliance Departments electronic system; LCP Tracker.
Submit the contract award information in writing to each of the apprenticeship program sponsors in the locality of your public works project within 10 days of the prime execution of the contract or subcontract, but in no event later than the first day in which the contractor has workers employed on the project. The DAS140 is simply a “notification of award” and is not automatically a request for dispatch of a registered apprentice.
State regulations state a contractor on a public works project must employ one (1) hour of apprentice work for every five (5) hours performed by a journeyman. Please follow up with the selected apprenticeship committee to confirm ‘Apprentice’ to ‘Journeyman’ ratio, as ratios do vary from trade to trade.
All contractors must request ‘dispatch of an apprentice’ from an apprenticeship program (for each apprentice- able craft or trade) by giving the program notice of a minimum of 72 hours (business days only) before the date on which apprentices are required. Contractors who are not already participating in an approved program and who did not receive a sufficient number of apprentices from their initial request, must dispatch apprentices from all other apprenticeship committees within the locality, if more than one exists in the area of the public works project.
What are the differences between box 1, 2, and 3 at the bottom of the DAS 140? • Box 1 is for contractors who are already approved to train by an apprenticeship program (signatory/member). • Box 2 indicates that a contractor is willing to comply with a program's Standards for the current project only.
This generally means that the fringe benefits and the training funds will be paid to that Committee’s Trust Fund. It also allows a contractor to take advantage of a more generous maximum ratio than the CAC Standards, but does not affect the minimum ratio of 1 apprentice hour for every 5 journeyman hours. • Box 3 means that a contractor will be governed by the regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council.
Generally this means that the minimum and maximum ratio for apprentices is the same – 1 apprentice hour for every 5 journeyman hours per each craft, totaled at the end of the project. It also means the Training Fund Contribution is usually paid to the California Apprenticeship Council.
SELECTING BOXES:
1. Contractor has a signed “Agreement to Train Apprentice” with an affiliated (state certified) apprenticeship committee, the contractor has apprentices on staff and has the ability to train apprentices.
Must provide a copy of the DAS7 agreement for verification OR a letter from the JATC or UNION stating that the contractor is approved to train apprentices.
2. Contractor is not currently affiliated with a state approved program, is selecting a committee, and requesting apprentice; will be abiding by committee’s standards.
3. Contractor will contact a committee and request an apprentice, but is not obligating to maintain affiliation w/any-one committee; additionally contractor will not commit to selected program committee standards but will follow state standards (most commonly used for out-of-state contractors).
Per the DAS, this is not the preferred selection; however the State is not requiring a contractor to join a program, just ensuring that apprentices are utilized on Public Work Projects.
Contract award information must be sent to your Apprenticeship Committee if you are approved to train. If you are not approved to train, you must send the information (which may be this form) to ALL applicable Apprenticeship Committees in your craft or trade in the area of the site of the public work. Go to: http://www.dir.ca.gov/das/PublicWorksForms.htm for information about programs in your area and trade. You may also consult your local Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) office whose telephone number may be found in your local directory under California, State of, Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards.
NAME OF YOUR COMPANY CONTRACTOR'S STATE LICENSE NO
MAILING ADDRESS- NUMBER & STREET, CITY, ZIP CODE AREA CODE & TELEPHONE NO.
NAME & ADDRESS OF PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT DATE YOUR CONTRACT EXECUTED
DATE OF EXPECTED OR ACTUAL START OF PROJECT
NAME & ADDRESS OF PUBLIC AGENCY AWARDING CONTRACT ESTIMATED NUMBER OF JOURNEYMEN HOURS
OCCUPATION OF APPRENTICE
THIS FORM IS BEING SENT TO: (NAME & ADDRESS OF APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM(S)) ESTIMATED NUMBER OF APPRENTICE HOURS
APPROXIMATE DATES TO BE EMPLOYED
This is not a request for dispatch of apprentices.
Contractors must make a separate request for actual dispatch, in accordance with Section 230.1(a) California Code of Regulations Check One Of The Boxes Below
1. We are already approved to train apprentices by the
Apprenticeship Committee. We will employ and train under their Standards. Enter name of the Committee
2. We will comply with the standards of
Apprenticeship Committee for the duration of this job only. Enter name of the Committee
3. We will employ and train apprentices in accordance with the California Apprenticeship Council regulations, including § 230.1 (c) which requires that apprentices employed on public projects can only be assigned to perform work of the craft or trade to which the apprentice is registered and that the apprentices must at all times work with or under the direct supervision of j o ur ne y m a n /men.
Signature
Typed Name
Title
Date
DAS 140 (REV. 1/04)
AGREEMENT TO TRAIN APPRENTICE District No.
DAS File No. NAME OF EMPLOYER MAILING ADDRESS (STREET AND NUMBER) CITY STATE ZIP CODE TELEPHONE NUMBER
ADDRESS OF TRAINING LOCATION (IF DIFFERENT)
OCCUPATION(S) O*Net Code NAME OF APPRENTICESHIP COMMITTEE AND STANDARDS AREA COVERED BY APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS or NAME AND ADDRESS OF PROJECT THE OFFICIAL, whose signature follows, agrees on behalf of the above named employer to train apprentices in the designated occupation in accordance with the apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreement and to comply with the provisions thereof. [SIGNED] By
Printed name
Title Date
THE APPRENTICESHIP COMMITTEE accepts and approves the employer as qualified to train apprentices under its standards in the designated occupation.
[SIGNED] By
Printed name
Effective until:
Revoked
End of Project (Enter project
Title Date name and address in Area Covered above)
Date
Accepted: Date DIVISION OF APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS Other Specify
EFFECTIVE DATE
REMARKS:
[SIGNED] By Date
Apprenticeship Consultant
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
DIVISION OF APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS
DAS 7 (REV 11/09)
A B C D E Official Use
D. O. FILE NUMBER Gender Ethnic Dependents Education Yrs Employ STATUS State of California -- Department of Industrial Relations --DIVISION OF APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS
APPRENTICE AGREEMENT
APPRENTICE LAST NAME, FIRST NAME MIDDLE SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER APPRENTICE ADDRESS (NUMBER AND STREET / CITY, STATE & ZIP) BIRTHDATE(mm/dd/yyyy) F - VETERAN Yes: No:
COUNTY OF RESIDENCE
OCCUPATION O*Net code
TERM OF APPRENTICESHIP
HoursWithin Years STRAIGHT TIME Hours per day: 8 Hours per week: 40 This agreement is between the above named apprentice employed by the below named employer, and
PROGRAM SPONSOR
AGREEMENT: The undersigned parties mutually agree that they will use their best endeavors to secure employment and training for the apprentice. The apprentice agrees to perform satisfactorily all work and learning assignments. The provisions of the Apprenticeship Standards for the above occupation adopted by the program sponsor and approved by the Chief of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards are hereby made a part of this agreement. An official copy of the standards is on file in the headquarters of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. This apprentice agreement will continue in effect until the training is completed or otherwise terminated in accordance with the standards.
The apprentice commences participation under these standards on the date of execution of this agreement by the Apprentice. The signatory apprentice is credited with having months toward completion of the term of apprenticeship. The apprentice is expected to complete training on or about , 20 , upon satisfactory completion of the total remaining hours of on-the-job training and hours and/or units of related and supplemental instruction.
APPRENTICE: I, the undersigned apprentice, understand and agree that there is a valid and reasonable necessity that those academic records accumulated throughout related and supplemental instruction during my period of apprenticeship be made available to the apprenticeship committee. Further, I agree to release to the apprenticeship committee any other academic records which I feel may enhance my status as an apprentice.
I, the undersigned apprentice, hereby request that the Administrator of Apprenticeship terminate any other apprenticeship agreements in which I am currently registered.
Executed this day of , 20 by
DAY MONTH YEAR SIGNATURE OF APPRENTICE
AGREED TO BY THE EMPLOYER
SIGNATURE OF PARENT OR GUARDIAN (IF APPRENTICE IS 16 OR 17)
SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYER OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TITLE
AGREED TO AND APPROVED BY, FOR THE COMMITTEE
NAME OF EMPLOYER
ADDRESS
SIGNATURE -- SECRETARY / CHAIR / COORDINATOR DATE
ACCEPTED BY DAS
for unilateral programs only]
This agreement is approved by
SIGNATURE -- APPRENTICESHIP CONSULTANT DATE
for the Administrator of Apprenticeship
DAS 1 (REV. 4/12) APPRENTICE AGREEMENT
TO THE APPRENTICE: California Civil Code Sec. 1798.17 requires State agencies which collect personal information to indicate the authority under which the data are requested. If personal information not specifically authorized by law is requested, individuals must be informed that supplying the information is voluntary. It also provides that state agencies may change or modify records at the request of the individual.
Questions C and E below are voluntary. All others are authorized by law, as indicated by the reference in each section. If the authorized questions are not answered, the apprentice agreement cannot be accepted.
The Division hopes, through collection of this data, to improve the apprenticeship program both for those presently enrolled and for future apprentices. Thank you.
(USE INK OR BALLPOINT PEN)
A. Gender
Male Female
(Cal. Code of Regulations, Title 8, Ch. 2, Sec. 215
C. Number of Dependents (Do not count yourself)
0 None 4 Four
1 One 5 Five
2 Two 6 Six of More
3 Three
(Voluntary)
B. Ethnic or Race Derivation (
1 WHITE (Not of Hispanic Origin) -- A person having origins in any of the original peoples of Europe, North Africa or the Middle East.
2 BLACK (Not of Hispanic Origin) -- A person having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa.
ASIAN OR PACIFIC ISLANDER -- A person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands. The area includes, for example, China, Japan, Korea and Samoa.
A Asian Asian Indian
B Asian Bangladeshi
C Asian Chinese
D Asian Cambodian
6 Asian Filipino
E Asian Hmong
I Asian Indonesian
J Asian Japanese
K Asian Korean
L Asian Laotian
M Asian Malaysian
P Asian Pakistani
R Asian Sri Lankan
T Asian Taiwanese
U Asian Thai
V Asian Vietnamese
F Native Hawaiian Fijian
G Native Hawaiian Guamanian
H Native Hawaiian Hawaiian
S Native Hawaiian Samoan
W Native Hawaiian Tongan
4 AMERICAN INDIAN OR ALASKAN NATIVE -- A person having
origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintains cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition.
HISPANIC -- A person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, South 7 Central American or other Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race.
(Cal. Labor Code, Ch. 4, div. 3, Sec. 151)
D. Highest Year of Education Completed
1 8th Grade or less 6 1 Year of College
2 9th Grade 7 2 Years of College
3 10th Grade 8 3 Years of College
4 11th Grade 9 4 or more Years of
College
5 12th Grade (or GED
Certificate)
(Cal. Labor Code, Ch. 4, div. 3, Sec. 3076.3)
E. Number of Years You Have Been Employed Full Time to Date (Except for Military Service)
0 None
1 Less Than 1 Year
2 1 But Less Than 2 Years
3 2 But Less Than 3 Years
4 3 But Less Than 4 Years
5 4 But Less Than 5 Years
6 5 Years or More
(Voluntary)
F. Have You Served on Active Duty (other than reserve status) in the U. S. Armed Forces?
Yes No
If yes, Please Enter:
Month and Year Entered
Month and Year Separated
Total Months served on Active Duty
Apprentice's Signature
REQUEST FOR DISPATCH OF AN APPRENTICE – DAS 142 FORM
DO NOT SEND THIS FORM TO DAS
You may use this form to request dispatch of an apprentice from the Apprenticeship Committee in the craft or trade in the area of the public work. Go to: http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/pwaddrstart.asp for information about programs in your area and trade. You may also consult your local Division Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) office whose telephone number may be found in your local directory under California, State of, Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Except for projects with less than 40 hours of journeyman work, you must request and employ apprentices in no less than 8 hour increments.
Date: Contractor Requesting Dispatch:
Name:
Address:
License No.
Tel. No. Fax No.
To Applicable Apprenticeship Committee:
Name:
Address:
Tel. No. Fax No.
Project Information:
Contract No. _
Name of the Project:
Address:
Dispatch Request Information:
Number of Apprentice(s) Needed: Craft or Trade:
Date Apprentice(s) to Report: (72 hrs. notice required) Time to Report:
Name of Person to Report to:
Address to Report to:
DAS 142 (Revised 04/14)
Documents Required During the Life of the Construction Project
1. CAC-2- Training Fund Contribution Form:
a) All Contractors must submit a CAC-2 Form monthly for the prior month’s hours. b) This form is now available to be filled out on the DIR website. The previous CAC- 2 form is to be disregarded. CAC-2 forms must be done electronically.
The link is as follow: https://www.dir.ca.gov/das/tf/cac2.asp. You must enter all requested information in order to ensure successful submission and processing of your payment. You will need to have a working printer currently connected to your computer in order to print the complete paper form in the end of this session that you will upload in to LCPtracker.net and send with your payment when mailed. The address is as follows:
State of California
Department of Industrial Relations
California Apprenticeship Council
P.O.Box 511283
Los Angeles, CA 90051-7838
c) If applicable and fringes are paid directly to an approved JATC or Union Shop please state so and fill out on the Training Fund Contribution Union Contractor form that is provided and available to be downloaded on LCPtracker. Filled out forms are uploaded into LCPtracker.net under the eDocuments tab.
2. Training Fund Contribution Letter Form:
a) All Contractors must submit a Training Fund Contribution Letter monthly for the prior month’s hours.
b) If applicable and fringes are paid directly to an approved Union Shop please submit the Union Status Letter stating that the Contractor is up to date with all fringe and training fund contributions for the requested month. The letter should specify the month, project name, and project number. c) If you can’t provide a letter and the DAS has not been updated with your contribution at Contractor may provide a copy of a cancelled check submitted to the proper JATC or the DAS with the amount that matches that on the CAC-2.
You may check the status of your contributions submitted to DAS online at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/CAC/trainingfund/Tfsearch.html. Thismay also be submitted in lieu of the Training Fund Contribution Letter.
3. Certified Payroll Reports CPR’s and/or Non-Performance Reports:
a) To be submitted by all Contractors working on the project to the City of Sacramento and the Department of Industrial Relations Electronic Certified Payroll Records site. b) The reports submitted to the City of Sacramento are submitted through the contracted electronic reporting program, LCPtracker.net, which can be found online at www.lcptracker.net. If you don’t already have a user name and password for this website please contact your labor compliance officer with the City of Sacramento to be set up.
c) The Electronic Certified Payroll Records for Contractors can be found at the following link: https://apps.dir.ca.gov/ecpr/DAS/AltLogin d) Submit CPR/NPR weekly; starting (10) calendar days after the close of your pay period. This is when you begin onsite/offsite “craft” labor. This may mean you have weeks in between work on a particular job. NPR’s will need to be submitted for that timeframe.
4. Apprenticeship Certification and/or Apprentice Agreement:
a) The first time an apprentice is listed on a certified payroll report an “Apprenticeship Certification” or Apprentice Agreement(DAS-1 form) must be submittedfor each apprentice utilized.
b) Please upload the Apprenticeship Certification or DAS-1 form in the eDocuments section of LCPtracker.net, add the apprentice ID andpertinent information under the employee information and notify the labor compliance officer in your department that approval is need prior to certification of payroll.
5. Miscellaneous Documents:
a) Authorization for Deductions:
i. Voluntary deductions require an Authorization for Deductions form; garnishments require a copy of notice (redact personal information). A form has been provided on LCPtracker to address other deductions that are recorded on the Certified Payroll Reports submitted.
b) Receiptfor Payment of Back Wages:
i. For use when wage errors require supplemental wage payment (s).
FORMS REQUIRED DURING
THE LIFE OF THE
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
Home About DIR Contact DIR Site Map Conditions of Use Disability accommodation Disclaimer Archives Privacy Policy Help Public Records Act Frequently Asked Questions Copyright © 2013 State of California
Electronic Certified Payroll Records - Contractors
Welcome to the new online CMU Payroll Records Application.
First time users will need to setup their account using the "First Time User button".
You will need your Contractor ID (CSLB# or Professional #) to create an account.
The PWC 100 is an online notification system that requires public agencies to submit detailed public works project information (Awards) to the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR). Once the Award is in the system, Contractors will need to report their Certified Payroll Records.
Contractors will be able to upload Certified Payroll Records (CPRs) and Statements of Employer Payments (PW 26) through the eCPR application using PDF format. Prime contractors will be able to add their subcontractors to an Award so that subcontractors can upload their CPRs using the eCPR application. In order to upload CPRs and other payroll documents, contractors must be associated with one or more Awards.
If you have any questions, please contact CMU at [email protected] Sign In
Email Address:
Password:
Remember me on
this computer
To create an account
please select the
First Time User
button above.
CA.gov | Contact DIR | Press Room
Home Labor Law Workplace Safety Workers' Comp Self Insurance Apprenticeship Director's Office Boards Go to Search
Sign In
First Time User
Forgot Password
CA.gov | Top Link | Top Link | Top Link | Top Link
This Site California
Home Labor Law Cal/OSHA - Safety & Health Workers' Comp Self Insurance Apprenticeship Director's Office Boards You must enter all requested information in order to ensure successful submission and processing of your payment.
Training Fund Contributions are due on the 15th of each month.
All fields with * are required.
You must use the BUTTON on the bottom of the page to submit for an invoice coupon.
TO NAVIGATE BETWEEN FIELDS, DO NOT HIT RETURN OR ENTER KEY AFTER EACH ENTRY. USE THE TAB KEY INSTEAD.
You need to have a working printer currently connected to your computer in order to print the complete paper form in the end of this session so that you can mail it with your payment.
CLEAR FORM
Contractor/Sub Contractor
making contributions
Contractor Period covered
by contribution
Jobsite Location
(including County)
(from – to) * Name: * License Number: * Period Start: If applicable, give name of school, hospital, building, etc. * Address:
* City:
* State:
* ZIP:
* Contract/Project Number * Period End:
(MM/DD/YYYY)
Comments:
* Name of the submitting party: * Submitter's Title: * Submitter's Email: *Submitter's Phone:
e.g., (999) 999 -9999
Instructions: You may want to use the keyboard TAB key to navigate the fields and the Up /\ | Down \/ ARROW keys to select a list item. * County of Work * Classification * Hours (max: 9,999.99) * Rate (max: $9.99) Amount *1) Select a county Select an occupation $ $ 0.00
2) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
3) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
4) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
5) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
6) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
7) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
8) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
9) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
10) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
11) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
12) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
13) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
14) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
15) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
16) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
17) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
18) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
19) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
20) Select a county Select an occupation $
$ 0.00
TOTAL AMOUNT: $ 0.00
When done with some or all the entries above please carefully review and then enter the code you see below:
Copyright © 2014 State of California
Please use a separate form for each jobsite, listing the occupations for the jobsite and dollar amount paid for
each classification. Once checks have been sent to
the appropriate JATC please upload this form to
LCPtracker under the e-Documents tab. A letter from
the specific JATC or Union specifying that the required Training fund contributions and Fringe Benefits were
paid will be accepted as proof of payment.
TRAINING FUND CONTRIBUTIONS
PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT IN BLACK OR BLUE INK. ALL FIELDS MUST BE FILLED IN TO ENSURE COMPLETION OF LABOR COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS.
NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR/SUB CONTRACTOR MAKING CONTRIBUTION CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE NUMBER
CONTRACT OR PROJECT NUMBER
JOBSITE LOCATION (INCLUDE COUNTY) IF APPLICABLE - GIVE NAME OF SCHOOL, HOSPITAL, BUILDING, etc. NAME AND ADDRESS OF PUBLIC AGENCY AW ARDING CONTRACT
PERIOD COVERED BY CONTRIBUTION (FROM - TO)
CLASSIFICATIONS OF WORKERS (CARPENTER, PLUMBER, ELECTRICIAN, ETC). COUNTY WORK PERFORMED IN ALL HOURS CONTRIBUTION AMOUNT
RATE PER HOUR
TOTAL
IF APPRENTICES WERE EMPLOYED, PLEASE LIST THE APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM AND NUMBER OF APPRENTICE HOURS WORKED
TYPE OR PRINT YOUR NAME AND TITLE DATE
EMAIL AREA CODE & TELEPHONE NUMBER
CAC 2 Union Contractors (rev.10/14) TRAINING FUND CONTRIBUTIONS Project Name:
Project Number:
Employee Name:
AUTHORIZATION FOR PAYROLL DEDUCTION
1) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
2) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
3) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
4) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
5) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
6) Reason for Deduction:
Percentage/Amount of Deduction:
Frequency of Deduction:
Termination Date:
% OR $$ Start Date
% OR $$ Start Date
% OR $$ Start Date
% OR $$ Start Date
% OR $$ Start Date
% OR $$ Start Date
Use additional copies of this form if necessary.
I authorize (Employer):
to process the deductions from my payroll as noted above.
Employee Signature: Date Signed:
Instructions:
1) Submit into LCPtracker
2) Keep signed originals
Contractors Certificate of Completion – Form 264
To be completed by the Prime Contractor at time of completion.
Project Name & Number
Contractor Name
I, (Name), (Title) of
(Company Name), declare under penalty of perjury that:
I know of my personal knowledge, and do hereby certify, that the work of the contract described above has been performed, and materials used and installed in every particular, in accordance with, and in conformity to, the contract drawings and specifications.
The contract work is now complete in all parts and requirements, and ready for your final inspection.
I understand that neither the determination by the Engineer-Architect that the work is complete, nor the acceptance thereof by the City, shall operate as a bar to claim against the Contractor under the terms of the guarantee provision of the contract documents.
Executed this day of 20 , at , California.
Signature Title Date
Checklist of Documents Required for Labor Compliance on LCPtracker.net PW300 - This is due within 10 days of person meeting and needs to be uploaded. If any changes are made or substitution of sub-contractors are approved a new form should be uploaded and Labor Compliance should be notified.
Authorization Letter for Signing Certified Payroll - This is due prior to the submission of the first CertifiedPayroll Report and must be signed.
Checklist of Labor Law Requirements - prime due this on or before person meeting, subs need to have this finished within 10 days of person meeting. All boxes must be checked and it must be signed.
Fringe Benefit Statement - due with first CPR and must be submitted for each subcontractor as well. ALL FRINGES TO BE REPORTED WITH HOURLY AMOUNT.
DAS140 - due prior to commencing work on a project (one for each determination) DAS142 - due 72 hours prior to the report date on a project (one for each determination)
CAC2 - due monthly- one for each determination (due on the 15th day of the month for work performed during the preceding month) If Union Contractor please upload for with amounts paid and where money was paid to even if it is not the CAC.
Training Fund Contribution Confirmation Letter – this is due monthly for the duration of the project. Both CAC-2 and Training Fund Contribution Letters are to be uploadedto LCPtracker.net.
CPR’s- Certified payroll is due within 10 days of pay period end date LCPtracker.net phone support is available at (714) 669-0052 Option 4; if they do not pick up please leave a message and they will get back to you. All calls are logged in with a date and time, but if you don’t leave a message you will not get a phone call back. E-mail support is available at [email protected]. To assist those at support please include your User ID, a direct call back number, contact name and a brief description of the issue you are facing.
All forms are available under the e-Documents tab on LCPtracker. It is best practice to use the forms that have been provided to you under that e-docs tab to increase efficiency in processing pay request and remain compliant.
Helpful Links and Contact Information:
1. Department Of Industrial Relations (DIR):
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/
Contact DIR: http://www.dir.ca.gov/Contactus.html
2. Division of Labor Standards Enforcement (DLSE):
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/dlse/dlsepublicworks.html
3. Divisionof Apprenticeship Standards (DAS):
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/das/das.html
Apprentice Certification:
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/das/appcertpw/AppCertSearch.asp CAC Public Works Training Fund Contributions:
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/CAC/trainingfund/Tfsearch.html
4. California General Prevailing Wage Determination:
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/ (Journeymen)
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/PWAppWage/PWAppWageStart.asp (Apprentice)
5. Davis Bacon Wage Determination Rates:
Web-Link: http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx
6. Public Works Information- Frequently Asked Questions:
Web-Link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/das/publicworksfaq.html
7. LCPtracker.net
Web-link: https://lcpprod.lcptracker.net/Lcp/WebForms/Login.aspx Support Phone Number: 714-669-0052 Option 4
E-mail:[email protected]
THINGS TO REMEMBER:
Labor Compliance Forms due Prior to Work Beginning (Prime and all Sub Tier Contractors) Authorized Letter forSigning Certified Payroll(Original signature required) List of Trades and/or Crafts
PW-300- List of all sub-contractors and suppliers.(This must be updated if changes occur and all contractors listed must have a DIR registration number prior to commencing work on the project.
Checklist of Labor Law Requirements- (All boxes checked and signed) Public Works Contract Award Information (DAS 140) (With verified proof of service) Request for Dispatch of an Apprentice (DAS 142) (With verified proof of service) Fringe Benefit Statement Form-(For Each Determination)
(Due before first Certified Payroll and then only when a change occurs) Authorization for Payroll Deduction(Original signature required) (Deductions other than standard deductions must be authorized by the employee)
Labor Compliance Forms Due Weekly:
• Certified Payroll Form (LCP Tracker Electronic Payroll and upload of payroll to DIR website)
• Statement of Compliance(LCP Tracker ElectronicPayroll) • Statement of Non-Performance (Due when work is not performed once on job- site) Work over 8 hours in a day or 40 hours in a week must be paid at the overtime rate. Refer to wage determination that is provided by the DIR for the applicable rate.
Certifiedpayroll records must be numbered consecutively, starting with the first week work is physicallyperformedon site
Last certified payroll must be marked “FINAL”. Training Fund Contributionforms are due monthly beginning immediately after work has been performed on site.
Single Asterisk (*):
Effective until superseded by a new determination issuedby the Director of Industrial Relations. Contact the Division of Labor Statistics and Research for specific rates at(415) 703-4774 for the new rates after 10 days from the expiration date, if no subsequent determination is issued.
Double Asterisks (**):
The rate to be paid for work performed after this date has been determined. If work will extend past this date the new rate must be paid and should be incorporated in contracts entered into now. Contact the Division of Labor Statistics and Research for specific rates at (415) 703- 4774.
Employee Interviews on job site:
Interviews are done to obtain information to verify correct wages are being recorded on the certified payrolls for the given craft/classification andto ensurecontractcompliance.
APPENDIX B
CWTA Requirements
CWTA IFB Language -Estimate Over $1M
Approved by CAO 11-1-2019
This project is subject to the requirements of the City’s Local Hire and Community Workforce Training Program and the City’s Community Workforce Training Agreement (CWTA). A copy of the CWTA and a summary of its requirements (CWTA Summary) is provided in Exhibit D to this solicitation. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges that it has read and understands all the requirements, terms, and conditions of the CWTA and CWTA Summary, and has included all costs associated with compliance with the CWTA in its bid.
The Contractor must execute Addendum A to the CWTA (“Agreement to be Bound”) and provide an executed original to the City before the contract can be awarded. Each subcontractor for Work covered by the CWTA, including subcontractors not listed at the time of bid or otherwise hired after contract award, must also execute Addendum A to the CWTA. No subcontractor may perform Work prior to executing Addendum A and providing the executed original to the City.
The failure to sign and submit Addendum A by any subcontractor, shall be grounds for subcontractor substitution and/or for the City to withhold payment for the Work performed in the absence of the necessary Addendum A.
Contractor must include the provisions of this section, as well as a copy of the CWTA and the CWTA Summary, in every subcontract for Work covered by the CWTA.
By submitting a bid, Contractor represents that the Contractor and all its subcontractors performing Work covered by the CWTA will execute the Addendum A if awarded the contract.
The failure to submit an Addendum A or to otherwise comply with the requirements of the CWTA on this project may also result in a future determination that the Contractor and/or subcontractor is not responsible (pursuant to City Code section 3.60.020) when bidding on future projects for the City of Sacramento.
Approved by CAO 1-5-2021 Page 1
EXHIBIT D
SUMMARY OF COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AND TRAINING AGREEMENT REQUIREMENTS (Locally-Funded Projects)
Introduction
On August 21, 2018, the City of Sacramento approved a Community Workforce and Training Agreement (CWTA) with the Sacramento-Sierra Building and Construction Trades Council, AFL-CIO (Trades Council) and the unions represented by the Trades Council, to support the City’s efforts to increase employment opportunities for workers who are local area residents, and to provide construction career training and employment opportunities for the City's at-risk youth, military veterans, women and other disadvantaged residents through local apprenticeship and pre-apprentice programs. A complete copy of the CWTA is attached hereto. This summary is provided for convenience only. All contractors must read and understand the full CWTA prior to submitting a bid.
Application
The CWTA applies to all City public works construction contracts for projects where either the engineer’s estimate of the total construction cost of the project or the actual cumulative bid amounts submitted by the contractor or contractors awarded the contract exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The CWTA applies to all “Covered Work” which is further defined in section 2.2 of the CWTA. Exclusions from Covered Work are further defined in section 2.3 of the CWTA.
Prior to award of this contract, the contractor must agree to be bound by each and every provision of the CWTA, and must execute the Agreement to be Bound in the form attached to the CWTA as Addendum A. In addition, any time the awarded contractor enters into a subcontract with any subcontractor for Covered Work, the contractor must provide a copy of the CWTA to the subcontractor and require the subcontractor to execute the Agreement to be Bound in the form attached to the CWTA as Addendum A. All Addendum A’s must be executed by subcontractors and provided to the City prior to the subcontractor performing any work.
Requirements
In addition to executing the Agreement to be Bound in the form attached to the CWTA as Addendum A, Contractor and its employees must comply with the following requirements:
Utilize Union Hiring Halls. Pursuant to Article VIII of the CWTA, Contractor and its subcontractors performing construction work, in filing craft job requirements, must utilize and be bound by the registration facilities and referral systems established or authorized by the local unions that are signatories to the CWTA (except that Contractors shall have the right to select and hire directly all supervisors above general foreman, without going through the local union). Please Note: The CWTA has been amended, and no longer requires all employees performing Covered Work to pay working dues, fees required, or union membership to the applicable local union that is a signatory to the CWTA, unless the employee elects to join the union.
Hold Pre-Job and Periodic Meetings. Pursuant to Article V, Contractor must convene a pre-job conference with representatives of all involved contractors (including subcontractors) and the unions at least 21 days prior to the commencement of work. For long-term projects with multiple phases, conferences can be held with subcontractors for later phases 21 days prior to the commencement of the applicable phase.
The Contractor must be prepared to discuss in detail: (i) the scope of work for each Contractor; (ii) craft Approved by CAO 1-5-2021 Page 2
assignments; (iii) estimated number of craft workers required to perform the work; (iv) transportation arrangements; (v) estimated start and completion dates of the work; (vi) planned use of pre-fabricated materials; (vii) any specialized or technical work exempted1 from the CWTA; and (viii) plan for reaching Local Hire and Priority Apprentice Goals. The meeting shall be held at a location mutually agreeable to the parties.
Local Hire, Apprenticeship, and Workforce Development. Within 7 calendar days after receiving a Notice to Proceed, Contractor must provide a plan for reaching Local Hire and Priority Apprentice Goals. As set forth in Article IX, not less than 50% of the combined journey-level and apprentice hours worked on the Project, on a craft by craft basis, shall be worked by residents of the Local Area, as defined in section 9.1.
The Local Union will refer up to four of Contractor’s “core” employees who demonstrate the qualifications set forth in section 9.3. This referral process is outlined in section 9.4. In addition, not less than 20% of all apprentice hours worked on the Project, on a craft by craft basis, shall be worked by “Priority Apprentices” that reside in one of the disadvantaged zip codes listed in section 9.6.2.1 and meet one of the other eligibility criteria listed in section 9.6.2.2. Contractor shall provide regular reports and certified weekly payrolls documenting compliance with the requirements of Article IX and documentation of Contractor’s good faith efforts to meet the local hire and workforce development goals set forth in Article IX.
Helmets to Hardhats. Contractor must participate in the Helmets to Hardhats program, as outlined in Article X of the CWTA.
Comply with Master Agreement Terms on Wages, Hours, Benefits, and other Terms and Conditions of Employment. As set forth in Article XI, Contractor must pay applicable contributions to the established vacation, pension and other deferred compensation plan, apprenticeship, worker protection and assistance, and health benefit funds for each hour worked on the project in the amounts designated in the Master Agreements of the appropriate local unions. By signing the Agreement to be Bound, Contractor also adopts and agrees to be bound by the written terms of established Trust Agreements for these benefit funds.
The wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of employment on the project shall be governed by the applicable union’s Master Agreement, as required in Article XI of the CWTA.
Only Just Cause Dismissal and/or Discipline. All disputes involving discipline and/or the discharge of employees working on the project must be resolved through the grievance and arbitration provision contained in the applicable Master Agreement. As set forth in Article XIII of the CWTA, no employee working on the project shall be disciplined or dismissed without just cause.
Arbitrate Disputes. Any disputes relating to the interpretation or application of the CWTA, excluding work stoppages, strikes, and lockouts, must be resolved through the grievance arbitration procedures in Article XIV of the CWTA. At the time a grievance is submitted, the union may request that the City withhold and retain an amount from what is due and owing to the contractor against whom the grievance is filed. The amount shall be retained by the City until the grievance is withdrawn, settled, or otherwise resolved.
Any jurisdictional disputes on the project amongst the unions and/or the contractor shall be settled according to the plan established by the Building and Construction Trades Department. Its decisions shall be final, binding, and conclusive. 1
Work can only be exempted with notice and agreement of Trades Council (see Section 2.3 of CWTA, as amended).
Approved by CAO 1-5-2021 Page 3
Drug-Free Workplace. Contractors agree to use the Substance Abuse Program contained in each applicable union’s Master Agreement, except as it may conflict with the City’s Drug-Free Workplace Policy. In the event of a conflict, the City’s policy shall control.
APPENDIX C
COVID 19 NOTICE
Given the coronavirus (COVID-19) epidemic, each Bidder must understand that the means and methods of construction, and the ways of doing business, have been materially impacted and changed (at least for the foreseeable future). These impacts and changes relate to social distancing, ability to perform at the pace previously performed, personal interaction of workers, implementation of increased safety measures, and a myriad of other impacts to construction operations. Heightened measures to protect persons from illness and the adoption and implementation of many new and more intensive practices will make the performance of construction work different and more challenging.
It is the intent of the City to alert all Bidders for all aspects of this Project, that they are to include in their Bids all known and reasonably estimated COVID-19 costs and impacts to the ability to obtain goods and materials required, as well as labor to perform the Work. Further, all costs for all of these and other aspects of the Project, including supervision, temporary facilities, incidentals, testing, QA/QC, etc. (this listing is intended to be illustrative and not comprehensive) shall be evaluated by each Bidder so its Bid submitted to the City includes all such potential costs in recognition of the foregoing and subsequent notices in this and other sections of the Contract Documents.
Each Bidder is to critically appraise and evaluate the reasonably anticipated costs and time impacts, if any, which may need to be accounted for in light of the COVID–19 pandemic and all governmental directives and requirements, and commercial impacts, arising therefrom. If awarded the contract, Bidders are encouraged to prepare a COVID-19 Exposure Prevention, Preparedness and Response Plan (a “COVID-19 Plan”) before commencing Work. The COVID-19 Plan should describe how to prevent worker exposure to coronavirus; protective measures to be taken on the jobsite; personal protective equipment and work practice controls to be used; cleaning and disinfecting procedures; and procedures to follow if a worker shows symptoms of COVID-19 illness or tests positive for COVID-19. In addition to any governmental or other guidance available at the time of Bid submission, the Contractor should review OSHA COVID-19 Workplace Safety Guidance documentation, such as:
https://www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3990.pdf, as a resource in preparation of its COVID19 Plan. Other reliable and current sources of COVID-19 information can be found from:
The California Department of Public Health (CDPH, State), including without limitation, guidance such as:
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CID/DCDC/Pages/Immunization/nCOV2019.aspx The federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, National), including without limitation, guidance such as:
http://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/novel-coronavirus-2019.html The Sacramento County Public Health Department, including without limitation, guidance found here: https://www.saccounty.net/COVID-19/Pages/default.aspx The COVID-19 Plan should at a minimum address the following COVID-19 safety guidelines:
a. COVID-19 Employee and Visitor training and check-list before entering worksite. b. Employee distancing and strategies to maximize distancing when possible. c. Limitations on gathering size.
d. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) requirements.
e. Identification of “choke points” and “high risk areas” such as hallways, hoists and elevators, break areas and vehicles.
f. Staggering trades and modification of work schedules to reduce worker density to maximize distancing opportunities.
g. COVID-19 employee good personal hygiene measures.
h. Disinfection and cleaning requirements.
i. Personal prevention actions requirements for all employees. j. Toolbox and Tailgate COVID-19 employee training.
k. Recognition of COVID-19 Symptoms.
l. Procedures for COVID-19 exposure and notification to others who were at the Site.
m. Daily screening protocols for arriving workers and visitors to ensure potentially infected workers and visitors do not enter the Site.
n. Maintenance of daily attendance logs of all workers and visitors who enter the Site.
It is the responsibility of each Bidder to alert all Sub-Bidders (potential subcontractors and suppliers of every tier and trade) to also factor in the above-referenced COVID-19 cost and time impacts, if any, into their sub-bids to Bidders for all aspects of the Project.
By submitting a Bid for this Project, each Bidder represents to the City that it included in its Total Bid Price all cost impacts, whether affecting labor (including, but not limited to obtaining qualified workers, quantity of workers, as well as their productivity); deliveries; supervision; testing; procurement of materials or equipment; and time caused by COVID-19 safety requirements and all public health and governmental directives in place at the time Bids are received by the City for this Project. Furthermore, each Bidder recognizes it will not be entitled to a change order granting a COVID-19 related time extension or for any COVID-19 related increased costs, or from any public health or governmental directives in place at the time Bids are received by the City for this Project.